Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design 6th Edition Valacich Test Bank

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design 6th Edition Valacich Test Bank

richard@qwconsultancy.com

1|Pa ge

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Chapter 1 The Systems Development Environment 1) The end user is not the person in the organization most involved in the systems analysis and design process.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The Systems Analyst is the person in the organization most involved with the systems analysis and design process.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 2) Systems analysis is the second phase of the systems development life cycle.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: There are four key SDLC stages discussed in this book: 1. Planning and selection.

2. Analysis 3. Design 4. Implementation and operation L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 3) The main goal of systems analysis and design is to improve organizational systems, typically through applying software that can help employees accomplish key business tasks more easily and efficiently.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Information systems analysis and design methods are employed by many companies to create and maintain basic information systems.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 4) Application software is also called a system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Application software often is simply referred to as a system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) An information system does not include hardware and systems software.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The hardware and systems software are an integral part of the information system, since they are both needed in order for the system to operate at all.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 6) Methodologies are a sequence of step-by-step approaches that help to develop the information system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Methodologies are widely used to provide a framework for developing a system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 7) All methodologies incorporate only one development technique.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Most methodologies incorporate several different development techniques, such as direct observation.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 8) Techniques generally only provide support for one task.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Techniques provide support for a wide range of tasks, including conducting interviews, planning and managing activities.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 9) Techniques are processes that you, as an analyst, will follow to help ensure that your work is well thought-out, complete, and comprehensible to others on your project team.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Techniques are processes that provide support for a wide range of tasks and assist in the SDLC. L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge

2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

10) CASE is an example of a tool.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Tools are computer programs that make it easy to use specific techniques.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 11) A system is an interrelated set of business procedures used by one business unit, working together for a purpose.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A system is a group of business procedures which are used for a business function.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 12) A component is the line that marks the inside or outside of a system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A component is an irreducible part or aggregation of parts that makes up a system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 13) A boundary often is called a subsystem.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A boundary is the line that marks the inside or outside of a system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 14) Components are most likely interrelated.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Components are interrelated since the function of one part can be tied to the function of another.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge

3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

15) A boundary marks the inside and outside of a system and sets the system apart from its environment.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A system boundary contains all components of a system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 16) The overall goal of an information system is called its meaning.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The purpose of an information system is its overall goal.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 17) A system exists within an environment, which consists of everything outside of the system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An environment consists of all external entities that could interact with the system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 18) Components are parts, or an aggregation of parts of the system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Components are an irreducible part of the system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 19) A boundary is the point of contact where a system meets its environment or where subsystems meet each other.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A boundary is the line that marks the inside and outside of a system and sets it apart from its environment.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

20) Systems analysts are key to the systems development process.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A systems analyst is responsible within an organization for the design and analysis of an information system.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 21) A systems development methodology is a standard process followed in an organization to conduct all the steps necessary to analyze, design, implement, and maintain information systems.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Organizations use a standard set of steps, called a systems development methodology, to develop and support their information systems.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 22) A systems development technique is the series of steps used to mark the phases of development for an information system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Organizations use a standard set of steps, called a systems development methodology, to develop and support their information systems.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 23) The systems development life cycle is a sequentially ordered set of phases.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The SDLC is meant to be adapted for the needs of each organization, even though at first glance it appears to be sequential.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems, Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) The phases of the systems development life cycle are circular in nature.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The SDLC is meant to be adapted for the needs of each organization, even though at first glance it appears to be sequential.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems, Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 25) In the systems development life cycle, it is possible to complete some activities in one phase in parallel with some activities of another phase.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In the systems development life cycle, it is also possible to complete some activities in one phase in parallel with some activities of another phase.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems, Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 26) Sometimes the systems development life cycle (SDLC) is iterative.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Sometimes, phases are repeated until an acceptable system is found.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems, Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 27) The second task in systems analysis is to investigate the system and determine the proposed system's scope.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The second phase is systems analysis, where the current system is studied and alternates are proposed.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

28) Logical design is tied to a specific hardware and software platform.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Logical design is not tied to a specific hardware platform.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Synthesis AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 29) During logical design, the analyst team decides which programming languages the computer instructions should be written in, which database systems and file structures will be used for the data, and which hardware platform, operating system, and network environment the system will run under.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: During the systems implementation and operation phase the team decides upon programming language, databases, file structure, etc.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge 30) Involving the user in analysis and design is a key advantage to the prototyping technique.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: When prototyping, the analyst always works with the end users.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 31) A key principle of the Agile Methodologies is a clear focus on people rather than roles.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Agile involves short, iterative cycles and focuses on people.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

32) An information system interacts with its environment by: A) processing data.

B) receiving data.

C) XML protocols.

D) systems analysts.

E) sending data.

Answer: B Explanation: B) An information system interacts with its environment by receiving data and information.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 33) A system is separated from other systems by a(n): A) interface.

B) barrier.

C) boundary.

D) border.

E) cross-platform.

Answer: A Explanation: A) An interface is a point of contact where a system meets its environment or where subsystems meet each other.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 34) A system's capacity can be viewed as a(n): A) system benefit.

B) on-going issue.

C) system constraint.

D) liability.

E) cost center.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A constraint is a limit to what a system can do.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology

8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

35) Breaking a system down into its smaller components is called: A) cohesion.

B) modularity.

C) exertion.

D) coupling.

E) decompressing.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Modularity is the process of dividing a system into smaller chunks.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 36) ________ results in smaller and less complex systems that are easier to understand than larger, complicated systems.

A) Cohesion B) Compaction C) Modularity D) Chopping E) Reduction Answer: C Explanation: C) Modularity results in smaller and less complex systems.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 37) A direct result of decomposition is: A) composition.

B) cohesion.

C) adherence.

D) divergence.

E) modularity.

Answer: E Explanation: E) Modularity divides a system up into smaller chunks.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology

9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

38) The extent to which subsystems depend on each other is called: A) cohesion.

B) coupling.

C) inheritance.

D) morphism.

E) dependence.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Coupling is the extent to which subsystems depend on each other.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 39) A(n) ________ is conducted before the second phase of the SDLC to determine the economic and organizational impact of the system.

A) feasibility study B) essential study C) scheduling study D) planning session E) project discussion Answer: A Explanation: A) The feasibility study is part of the system planning phase, where an organization determines whether resources should be devoted to the development or enhancement of each information system being considered.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 40) The output of the systems planning and selection phase is: A) a description of the alternative solution recommended by the analysis team.

B) a detailed project proposal.

C) a basic project plan.

D) a baseline project plan.

E) a cost benefit analysis.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The output is the baseline project plan.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

41) The final phase of the SDLC is: A) systems implementation and operation.

B) systems analysis.

C) systems planning.

D) systems design.

E) database design.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The final phase consists of deciding upon implementation details.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge 42) During ________, the new system becomes part of the daily activities of the organization.

A) organization B) planning C) implementation D) budgeting E) installation Answer: E Explanation: E) The installation phase includes making the new system become part of the daily activities of the organization.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge 43) During ________, programmers make the changes that users ask for and modify the system to reflect changing business conditions.

A) operation B) planning C) coding D) cutover E) development Answer: A Explanation: A) As a result of users testing the system, programmers make any required changes.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

44) A structured process in which users, managers, and analysts work together for several days in a series of intensive meetings to specify or review system requirements is called: A) rapid application development (RAD).

B) joint application design (JAD).

C) participatory design.

D) whiteboarding.

E) prototyping.

Answer: B Explanation: B) JAD involves working as a group with all levels of users.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 45) The organizational role most responsible for the analysis and design of information systems best describes a: A) business manager.

B) systems analyst.

C) chief information officer.

D) database analyst.

E) network administrator.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The systems analyst enjoys a rich career being the most involved person in the organization with the design of new systems.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 46) The information system includes all of the following EXCEPT: A) hardware.and software.

B) training materials.

C) people who use the software.

D) capital investment.

E) controls.

Answer: D Explanation: D) An information system does not consist of the expenditure put into developing the system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

47) The process of developing and maintaining an information system best describes: A) joint application design.

B) prototyping.

C) information systems analysis and design.

D) information technology infrastructure development.

E) systems implementation.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The only logical choice is C, since joint application design and prototyping are part of an alternative methodology, systems implementation is only part of the SDLC and infrastructure development is not discussed.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes, Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 48) Software designed to support the payroll function would best be classified as: A) application software.

B) system software.

C) design software.

D) analysis software.

E) a decision support system.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Application software is software designed to support users and process data in an organization.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes, Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 49) An information system includes each of the following EXCEPT: A) application software.

B) culture.

C) documentation and training materials.

D) specific job roles associated with the overall system.

E) controls.

Answer: B Explanation: B) An information system includes hardware, software, documentation, training materials, controls, the people who use the software and specific job roles.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes, Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

50) All of the following are central to software engineering processes EXCEPT: A) methodologies.

B) sequences.

C) techniques.

D) tools.

E) CASE tools.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Figure 1-3 shows that tools, techniques and methodologies are central to software engineering processes.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 51) Your primary responsibility as a systems analyst concerns: A) people.

B) hardware.

C) application software development.

D) controls.

E) documentation and training materials.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A systems analyst works within an organization to design application software.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 52) A sequence of step-by-step approaches that help develop the information system best describes: A) techniques.

B) tools.

C) methodologies.

D) data flows.

E) flow charts.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Methodologies are a series of steps to develop an information system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes, describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

53) CASE is an example of a: A) technique.

B) tool.

C) methodology.

D) data flow.

E) customer.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Computer-aided software engineering employs software to assist in the software engineering process.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes, describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge 54) CASE software is an example of a: A) technique.

B) tool.

C) methodology.

D) data flow.

E) customer.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Computer-aided software engineering employs software to assist in the software engineering process. The software used for this would be considered a tool.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes, describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge 55) The particular processes that an analyst will follow to help ensure that his work is complete, well done, and understood by project team members best defines: A) techniques.

B) tools.

C) methodologies.

D) data flows.

E) flow charts.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Techniques are processes that a systems analyst follows to help ensure that work is complete and done well.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes, describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

56) A group of interrelated procedures used for a business function, with an identifiable boundary, working together for some purpose, best defines: A) environment.

B) system component.

C) constraint.

D) interface.

E) system.

Answer: E Explanation: E) A system is a set of procedures that are interrelated which have a boundary and work together.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes, describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 57) Computer programs that make it easy to use specific techniques are best defined as: A) techniques.

B) tools.

C) methodologies.

D) data flows.

E) flow charts.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Tools make it easier to use techniques when designing an information system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes, describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 58) Which of the following is NOT a system characteristic?

A) Scope B) Output C) Input D) Interface E) Boundary Answer: A Explanation: A) A system has nine different characteristics, which include components, interrelated components, boundary, purpose, environment, interfaces, constraints, input and output.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge

16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

59) Dependence of one part of the system on one or more other system parts best describes: A) boundary.

B) interrelated components.

C) cohesion.

D) dependency.

E) component.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Components are interrelated when the function of one is tied to the function of another.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 60) The line that marks the inside and outside of the system and sets off the system from its environment is known as a(n): A) delineation mark.

B) boundary.

C) scope.

D) interface.

E) analysis area.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The boundary of a system marks the borders of any information system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 61) An irreducible part, or an aggregation of parts within a system, is called a(n): A) component.

B) input.

C) interface.

D) constraint.

E) scope.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A component is an irreducible part or aggregate of parts of a system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge

17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

62) The point of contact where a system meets its environment or other subsystems is called a(n): A) component.

B) interface.

C) border.

D) object.

E) fence.

Answer: B Explanation: B) An interface is the point of contact where a system meets its environment or other subsystems.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge 63) An aggregation of parts is also called a(n): A) interface.

B) subsystem.

C) collection.

D) accumulation.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A system can be either an irreducible part or an aggregate of parts, which can be called a subsystem.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 64) The overall goal or function of a system best defines: A) purpose.

B) goal.

C) objective.

D) scope.

E) mission.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A system has a defined purpose which is the reason for existing.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

65) The environment of a state university would NOT include: A) prospective students.

B) the legislature.

C) the president's office.

D) the news media.

E) a foundation.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A system exists within its environment. So, in this case, it does not exist within the news media but does exist within the other organizations or groups of people.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 66) The point of contact where a system meets its environment or where subsystems meet each other best describes: A) boundary points.

B) interfaces.

C) contact points.

D) merge points.

E) forks.

Answer: B Explanation: B) An interface is where the system meets either its environment or other subsystems. In this case, we are not talking about a boundary, which defines the limits of a system or merging/forking.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 67) The process of breaking the description of a system down into its smaller components best defines: A) coupling.

B) cohesion.

C) decomposition.

D) modularity.

E) scaling.

Answer: C Explanation: C) None of the other choices match since coupling defines how subsystems depend on each other, cohesion describes the extent to which a system performs a single task and modularity involves dividing a system into smaller chunks of equal size. Scaling refers to scalability of a system.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

68) Which of the following is NOT a function of decomposition?

A) Permit different parts of the system to be built at the same time by the same person B) Allow attention to be concentrated on the part of the system pertinent to a particular audience, without confusing people with details irrelevant to their interests C) Facilitate the focusing of attention on one area (subsystem) at a time without interference from other parts D) Break a system into smaller, more manageable and understandable subsystems E) Build different parts of the system at independent times and have the help of different analysts Answer: A Explanation: A) Since decomposition involves focusing on one part of a system at a time, doing a parallel build of a system would not really be defined as decomposition.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Analytical Thinking 69) Which of the following is a direct result of decomposition?

A) Coupling B) Open systems C) Cohesion D) Modularity E) Interfaces Answer: D Explanation: D) Since decomposition involves dividing a system into smaller chunks to work on one part, it follows that modularity of the system would result.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 70) The extent to which subsystems depend on each other refers to: A) modularity.

B) coupling.

C) decomposition.

D) dependence.

E) cohesion.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Modularity dictates that a system is broken down into chunks. Coupling describes the concept of the extent to which systems depend on one another. Decomposition is the process of breaking a system down into smaller pieces to work on one part at a time.

Cohesion describes the extent to which a system performs one function. Dependence is not really a term defined in the text. The only logical choice is coupling.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

71) The extent to which a system or subsystem performs a single function defines: A) modularity.

B) coupling.

C) decomposition.

D) dependence.

E) cohesion.

Answer: E Explanation: E) Modularity dictates that a system is broken down into chunks. Coupling describes the concept of the extent to which systems depend on one another. Decomposition is the process of breaking a system down into smaller pieces to work on one part at a time.

Cohesion describes the extent to which a system performs one function. Dependence is not really a term defined in the text. The only logical choice is cohesion.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 72) Today, systems development focuses on: A) modularity.

B) coupling.

C) decomposition.

D) systems integration.

E) systems implementation.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Systems integration allows hardware and software from different vendors to work together in one application. Since much has been developed today as far as software, often times, the role of the development team is more one of bringing together different components and making them work together.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

73) Which of the following allows hardware and software from different vendors to work together in an application?

A) Systems coupling B) Systems integration C) Systems decomposition D) Participatory design E) Joint application design Answer: B Explanation: B) Systems integration allows hardware and software from different vendors to work together in one application. Since much has been developed today as far as software, often times, the role of the development team is more one of bringing together different components and making them work together.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Application of Knowledge, Information Technology 74) Analytical skills: A) help you work with end users, as well as other analysts and programmers.

B) help you understand the potential and the limitations of information technology.

C) help you manage projects, resources, risk, and change.

D) enable you to understand the organization and its functions, to identify opportunities and problems, and to analyze and solve problems.

E) promote an understanding of the different types of information systems.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Analytical skills are most useful for the systems analyst in terms of understanding a project and how it fits into an organization.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Discuss the key issues involved in managing the components of IT infrastructure Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Interpersonal Relations and Teamwork 75) Technical skills: A) help you work with end users, as well as other analysts and programmers.

B) help you understand the potential and the limitations of information technology.

C) help you manage projects, resources, risk, and change.

D) enable you to understand the organization and its functions, to identify opportunities and problems, and to analyze and solve problems.

E) promote an understanding of the different types of information systems.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Technical skills are most helpful in understanding what can be done with technology that you wish to use for a system.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Discuss the key issues involved in managing the components of IT infrastructure Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Interpersonal Relations and Teamwork 22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

76) Management skills: A) help you work with end users, as well as other analysts and programmers.

B) help you understand the potential and the limitations of information technology.

C) help you manage projects, resources, risk, and change.

D) enable you to understand the organization and its functions, to identify opportunities and problems, and to analyze and solve problems.

E) promote an understanding of the different types of information systems.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Management skills are most helpful when managing projects, resources and risks.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Discuss the key issues involved in managing the components of IT infrastructure Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Interpersonal Relations and Teamwork 77) Interpersonal skills: A) help you work with end users, as well as other analysts and programmers.

B) help you understand the potential and the limitations of information technology.

C) help you manage projects, resources, risk, and change.

D) enable you to understand the organization and its functions, to identify opportunities and problems, and to analyze and solve problems.

E) promote an understanding of the different types of information systems.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Of all the choices above, the logical one is the first one since interpersonal skills are most beneficial for working with all constituencies.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Discuss the key issues involved in managing the components of IT infrastructure Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Interpersonal Relations and Teamwork 78) Organizations use a standard set of steps to develop and support their information systems, which is called the: A) system design model.

B) systems development methodology.

C) waterford model.

D) becker methodology.

E) systems programming methodology.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A systems development methodology is a specific set of steps defined by an organization to develop information systems.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

79) The need for a new or enhanced system is identified during: A) systems planning and selection.

B) systems coding.

C) systems analysis.

D) systems design.

E) systems implementation and operation.

Answer: A Explanation: A) All of the other choices are done after the need for the system has been defined whereas choice A describes a specific step in the SDLC where need is identified.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 80) In which SDLC phase will the analyst study the organization's current procedures and the information systems used to perform tasks?

A) Systems planning and selection B) Systems observation C) Systems analysis D) Systems design E) Systems implementation and operation Answer: C Explanation: C) A complete and detailed study of the current procedures is done as part of analysis.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 81) In which phase will the systems analyst convert the description of the recommended alternative solution into logical and then physical system specifications?

A) Systems planning and selection B) Systems conversion C) Systems analysis D) Systems design E) Systems implementation and operation Answer: D Explanation: D) During the design phase, all specifications are written.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

82) A description of the alternative solution recommended by the analysis team is provided during the: A) systems planning and selection phase.

B) systems design phase.

C) systems analysis phase.

D) systems implementation and operation phase.

E) systems alternative selection phase.

Answer: C Explanation: C) During the analysis phase any alternative solutions are recommended and included in analysis documents.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 83) In which SDLC phase is the information system coded, tested, and installed in the organization?

A) Systems planning and selection B) Systems replacement C) Systems analysis D) Systems design E) Systems implementation and operation Answer: E Explanation: E) During the implementation and operation phase all parts of the system are put into place and tested.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 84) Priorities for systems and projects are deliverables for the: A) systems planning and selection phase.

B) systems analysis phase.

C) systems design phase.

D) systems priority phase.

E) systems implementation and operation phase.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Systems planning and selection involves identifying priorities for projects.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

85) Which of the following is NOT an approach to systems development?

A) Prototyping B) Reengineering analysis C) Joint application design D) Agile Methodologies E) Rapid application development Answer: B Explanation: B) Agile, prototyping, rapid application development and joint application design are all part of systems development. Reengineering analysis is not.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 86) Building a scaled-down version of the desired system best describes: A) prototyping.

B) Agile Methodologies.

C) joint application design.

D) reengineering analysis.

E) rapid application development.

Answer: A Explanation: A) All other choices may include a prototype as part of the methodology, but specifically prototyping does answer the question about building a scaled-down version of the system.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 87) A systems development methodology created to radically decrease the time needed to design and implement information systems best describes: A) Participatory Design (PD).

B) rapid application development.

C) joint application design.

D) CASE. E) Agile Methodologies.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Rapid application development was specifically designed to decrease development time of information systems.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 26 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

88) A systems development approach that originated in northern Europe, in which users and the improvement of their work lives are the central focus, best defines: A) participatory design (PD).

B) rapid application development.

C) joint application design.

D) CASE. E) Agile Methodologies.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Participatory design is one of the few development approaches which focus on the users.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 89) A centralized database that contains all diagrams, forms and report definitions, data structure, data definitions, process flows and logic, and definitions of other organizational and system components best describes a(n): A) information safe.

B) code generator.

C) repository.

D) data generator.

E) project database.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A repository is the place where all assets for a system are stored.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 90) Current approaches to systems development that focus on adaptive methodologies, people instead of roles, and an overall self-adaptive development process best defines: A) participatory design.

B) rapid application development.

C) joint application design.

D) CASE. E) Agile Methodologies.

Answer: E Explanation: E) Agile methodologies focuses on small teams of talented programmers as well as short, iterative development cycles.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 27 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

91) All of the following are constraints EXCEPT: A) due dates.

B) regulations.

C) limited number of staff available.

D) choice of programming language.

E) speed of system.

Answer: D Explanation: D) All of the other choices are constraints of a system. Choice of a programming language is more controllable.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 92) The ability to see organizations as systems is called: A) systems thinking.

B) analytical thinking.

C) organizational analytics.

D) algorithmic analysis.

E) system decomposition.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Systems thinking is the ability that a systems analyst should have to see organizations and information systems as systems.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 93) In addition to application software, discuss what else comprises an information system.

Answer: Besides the application software, an information system consists of the following: a. Hardware b. Systems software which runs the application software on the hardware c. Documentation and training materials d. Specific job roles associated with the overall system e. Controls to prevent theft and fraud f. People who use the software L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

28 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

94) What are methodologies, techniques, and tools?

Answer: Methodologies are comprehensive, multiple-step approaches to systems development.

Techniques are particular processes that you follow to help ensure that your work is complete, well-done, and understood by others. Tools are typically computer programs that make it easier to use and benefit from techniques and to follow faithfully the guidelines of the overall development methodology. The techniques and tools should support the chosen methodology.

Methodologies, techniques, and tools work together to form an organizational approach to systems analysis and design.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Synthesis AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 95) Briefly define the term system.

Answer: A system is an interrelated set of procedures which are used within one business unit to work together for some purpose. Systems have a distinct purpose, such as keeping track of customer orders or paying vendors for supplies.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Synthesis AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 96) Describe the term component as related to systems. Discuss how components can work together.

Answer: A system is made up of components, which are either irreducible or an aggregate of other components. Within a system, components are interrelated in such ways that one component might work with another component in order to accomplish one of the tasks which the system is designed to complete.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 97) Describe what decomposition is used for.

Answer: Decomposition results in smaller pieces of a system which are then easier to work with.

This is accomplished by breaking a system down into smaller components. Decomposition allows the systems analyst to focus attention on one area of the system, focus on one part of the system pertinent to a group of users and build parts of the system independently.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

29 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

98) Why is coupling not advantageous for systems?

Answer: Coupling occurs when subsystems are dependent upon each other. In general, subsystems should be built to be independent of each other. In this way, if one subsystem fails then the other is not impacted.

L.O.: 1.1 Describe information systems analysis and design.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Synthesis AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge, Analytical Thinking 99) Describe the role of a systems analyst.

Answer: A systems analyst has the primary role to study the problems and needs of an organization to determine how to best combine people, methods and information technology in order to improve the organization. In addition, he or she helps users and business managers define their requirements for a project.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 100) Discuss the types of skills needed in order to succeed as a systems analyst.

Answer: Systems analysts need to develop four types of skills in order to succeed. Analytical skills are needed to understand the organization and its functions, identify opportunities and problems and to analyze and solve problems. Technical skills help you to understand the potential and limitation of information technology. Management skills help you to manage projects as well as the people involved. Finally, interpersonal skills help you to work with users as well as other members of the technical team.

L.O.: 1.2 Describe the role of the systems analyst in information systems development CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 101) List and briefly describe the four major SDLC phases.

Answer: The four phases are systems planning and selection, systems analysis, systems design, and systems implementation and operation. Systems planning and selection is the first phase of the SDLC, in which an organization's total information system needs are analyzed and arranged, and in which a potential information systems project is identified and an argument for continuing or not continuing with the project is presented. During systems analysis, the current system is studied and alternative replacement systems are proposed. During systems design, analysts convert the description of the proposed system into logical and then physical system specifications. During systems implementation and operation, the information system is coded, tested, and installed in the organization. During this phase the system is systematically repaired and improved.

L.O.: 1.3 Describe the information systems development life cycle (SDLC).

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Synthesis AACSB: Information Technology, Analytical Thinking 30 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

102) List and briefly discuss six approaches to systems development.

Answer: Prototyping, Computer-Aided Software Engineering tools, joint application design, rapid application development, Participatory Design, and Agile Methodologies are the six approaches mentioned in the textbook. Prototyping is an iterative process of systems development by which requirements are converted to a working system. The prototype is continually revised through close work between an analyst and users. The analyst builds the prototype from requirements supplied by the end users. Once the prototype is completed, it is evaluated by the end users. Based on the feedback provided by the end users, the analyst will modify the prototype. This results in an iterative process that continues until users are satisfied.

Computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools provide automated support for some part of the systems development process. Joint application design (JAD) is a structured process in which users, managers, and analysts work together for several days in a series of intensive meetings to specify or review system requirements. By promoting group participation, time and organizational resources are better managed. Also, the group is more likely to develop a shared understanding of the IS purpose. Rapid application development (RAD) is a systems development methodology created to radically decrease the time needed to design and implement information systems. Participatory Design is a systems development approach that originated in northern Europe, in which users and the improvement in their work lives are the central focus.

Agile Methodologies focus on adaptive methodologies, people instead of roles, and an overall self-adaptive development process.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 103) Briefly discuss prototyping.

Answer: When one designs and builds a scaled-down version of a system, this is called prototyping. A prototype can be built with a CASE tool, which automates many of the steps in the systems development life cycle. The prototype is given to the user for feedback and then revised as needed. This is done iteratively. The key advantages to this approach are: involvement of the user in the design of the system and the ability to capture requirements in a concrete format.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

31 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

104) Identify six general types of CASE tools.

Answer: Diagramming tools, computer display and report generators, analysis tools, central repository, documentation generators, and code generators are the six general types of CASE tools mentioned in the textbook.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 105) Briefly discuss joint application design.

Answer: Joint application design is a structured process which brings together users, managers and analysts for several days of intensive meetings to specify or review system requirements.

This approach utilizes time and organizational resources much better.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 106) What is participatory design?

Answer: Participatory design is an approach to systems development where the central focus is on users and the improvement of their work lives. It was originally developed in northern Europe.

L.O.: 1.4 List alternatives to the systems development life cycle, including a description of the role of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tools in systems development.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

32 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Chapter 2 The Sources of Software 1) A company may consider outsourcing if it feels that its core mission does not involve managing an information systems unit and that it might achieve more effective computing by turning over all of its operations to a more experienced, computer-oriented company.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Outsourcing is something that an organization may consider if it does not have inhouse staff to manage the information system and its development.

L.O.: 2.1 Explain outsourcing.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Synthesis AACSB: Information Technology, Reflective Thinking 2) Outsourcing can include having a firm develop and run another firm's application on its computers.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: There are many applications today which are done as software as a service, where another organization runs an application on their own servers for a fee.

L.O.: 2.1 Explain outsourcing.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 3) For many organizations, the most cost-effective way to manage payroll operations is through in-house development.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Payroll, like many application domains, has had much software already developed.

Often, it is more cost effective to find an existing application to use for payroll.

L.O.: 2.1 Explain outsourcing.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 4) Information technology services firms do not use the same methodologies, techniques, and tools that companies use to develop systems in-house.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Service firms will generally employ the same techniques, methodologies and tools that a company would use to develop systems in-house.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) In enterprise solutions, the difference between the modules and traditional approaches is that the modules are integrated to focus on the business functional areas, rather than on business processes.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The difference between the modules and traditional approaches is that the modules are integrated to focus on business processes rather than on business functional areas.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 6) One of the primary benefits of using an enterprise resource planning system is the short time period required for implementation.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Due to the complexity of the systems, they will often take a long time to implement.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 7) By 2015, it is predicted that the total global market for cloud computing will reach $1.1 trillion.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Microsoft and IDC predicted that cloud computing will create 14 million new jobs by 2015 and that the total global market for cloud computing will reach $1.1 trillion (USD) that year (McDougall, 2012).

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 8) Cloud computing is slower in allowing a user access to internal applications.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Cloud computing enables a user to have instant access to applications.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) Cloud computing is a low-cost access method to corporate-quality data.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Cloud computing is a low-cost access method to corporate-quality applications.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 10) Cloud computing always complies with government regulations.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: One of the concerns that IT managers have about cloud computing is compliance with government regulations such as Sarbanes-Oxley.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 11) Open-source software is developed by employees of a particular company.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Open source software is developed by a community of interested people instead of employees of a company.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 12) The source code itself is not freely available for open-source software.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The end product as well as source code for open source software is freely available.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 13) Despite all the alternative sources of software, in-house development is still an option.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In-house development can be cost effective, especially with reuse of software.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

14) When resources and staff are available and a system must be built from scratch, the best option would be to go with a packaged software producer to obtain the software.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: In-house development is the best choice in this case.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 15) Cloud computing is best when a supported task is generic and one does not need instant access.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Packaged software producers are the best choice in this case.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 16) Open-source software is best used when cost is an issue.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Since open-source software is free, it is a good choice for organizations without a large development budget.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 17) When choosing off-the-shelf software, the two most important criteria are functionality and ease of installation.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The two most important factors are vendor support and vendor viability.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

18) Purchased software cannot be modified.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Some purchased software cannot be modified, these we would call turnkey systems.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 19) If a company purchases application software, it does not necessarily need to conduct systems analysis.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Purchasing application software is not a substitute for conducting the systems analysis phase.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 20) Ease of installation is a measure of the difficulty of loading the software and making it operational.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Ease of installation is one of the measures used to evaluate software.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 21) Because existing pieces of software have already been tested, reusing them tends to result in higher-quality software with lower defect rates, decreasing maintenance costs.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This question deals with software reuse. Reusing software increases programmer productivity as well as cuts testing time.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

22) Component-based development's focus is on creating specific pieces of software that can only be used once.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Component-based development is similar to object-oriented development in that the focus is on creating general-purpose pieces of software that can be used interchangeably in many different programs.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 23) Research has found that reuse of object class libraries resulted in decreased productivity.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Some evidence suggests that reuse can be effective, especially for object classes.

For example, one laboratory study found that reuse of object class libraries resulted in increased productivity, reduced defect density, and reduced rework.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 24) The reuse of object class libraries has been found to reduce defect density.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Some evidence suggests that reuse can be effective, especially for object classes.

For example, one laboratory study found that reuse of object class libraries resulted in increased productivity, reduced defect density, and reduced rework.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 25) Rework can be reduced by reusing object class libraries.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Some evidence suggests that reuse can be effective, especially for object classes.

For example, one laboratory study found that reuse of object class libraries resulted in increased productivity, reduced defect density, and reduced rework.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

26) Due to the low cost of developing a reusable component, most organizations can compete economically with established commercial organizations that focus on selling components as their main line of business.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Because of the considerable costs of developing a reusable component, most organizations cannot compete economically with established commercial organizations that focus on selling components as their main line of business.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 27) Strategic business goals of the organization must be matched to the organizations approach to off-the-shelf software.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: When an organization's management decides to pursue reuse as a strategy, it is important for the organization to match its approach to reuse with its strategic business goals.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 28) The benefits of reuse grow as more corporate experience is gained from it.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The benefits of reuse grow as more corporate experience is gained from it, but so do the costs and the amount of resources necessary for reuse to work well.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 29) As more corporate experience is gained from reuse, costs and the amount of resources necessary for reuse to work will increase also.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The benefits of reuse grow as more corporate experience is gained from it, but so do the costs and the amount of resources necessary for reuse to work well.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) Storage refers to making software assets available for others to use.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Storage involves making software assets available for others to use.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 31) The practice of turning over responsibility of some or all of an organization's information systems applications and operations to an outside firm is referred to as: A) realignment.

B) downsizing.

C) outsourcing.

D) time sharing.

E) system reassignment and deployment.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Outsourcing is defined as the turning over responsibility for IS functions to an outside firm. The only other choice that is even remotely close is time sharing, the idea that one would share resources (such as a mainframe) with another organization.

L.O.: 2.1 Explain outsourcing.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 32) When developing information systems, an organization could use all of the following EXCEPT: A) an information technology services firm.

B) open-source software.

C) cloud computing.

D) in-house development.

E) hardware maintenance firms.

Answer: E Explanation: E) All choices except for E make sense, since, according to the text, all are possible ways to develop software.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) Packaged software producers create software such as: A) R/3.

B) Excel.

C) Linux.

D) Firefox.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Packaged software is off-the-shelf software.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 34) In many instances, off-the-shelf software can meet up to ________ percent of an organization's needs.

A) 50 B) 60 C) 70 D) 90 E) 100 Answer: C Explanation: C) A reasonable estimate is that off-the-shelf software can at best meet 70 percent of an organization's needs.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 35) A system that integrates individual traditional business functions into a series of modules so that a single transaction occurs seamlessly within a single information system rather than several separate systems best describes: A) enterprise resource planning (ERP).

B) application service.

C) storage area network.

D) packaged software.

E) system integration software.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Enterprise resource planning systems consist of a series of modules for various business functions.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

36) All of the following are benefits of enterprise solutions, EXCEPT: A) a single repository of data for all business processes.

B) module flexibility.

C) immediate integration of new modules.

D) shifting toward enterprise solutions means changing business processes.

E) shifting from separate systems to a seamless, integrated system.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The purpose of ERP systems is not to change business processes but rather to provide solutions for individual business functions.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 37) The provision of computing resources over the Internet so that customers do not need to invest in infrastructure is called: A) cloud computing.

B) raindrop computing.

C) leased computing.

D) centralized computing.

E) backbone computing.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Cloud computing refers to the provision of applications over the Internet, where customers do not have to invest in the hardware and software resources needed to run and maintain the applications.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 38) All of the following are reasons to go with cloud computing EXCEPT: A) freeing internal IT staff.

B) gaining access to applications faster.

C) reduced development time.

D) achieving lower cost access to corporate-quality applications.

E) access to large and complex applications without having to implement the system in-house.

Answer: C Explanation: C) There is no guarantee that cloud computing will result in reduced development time. It depends on the application.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

39) The primary concern about cloud computing is: A) cost.

B) reliability.

C) compliance with standards.

D) dependability.

E) sustainability.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Reliability is a major concern for corporations since the entire application is dependent upon an outside vendor.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 40) One type of cloud computing service that allows companies to order server capacity and storage on demand is called: A) software as a service.

B) leased computing.

C) hardware as a service.

D) storage on demand.

E) middleware as a service.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Cloud computing includes hardware as a service, the ability for an organization to order server capacity and storage on demand.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 41) One type of cloud computing service that allows companies to run applications on servers maintained by a service provider is called: A) software as a service.

B) leased computing.

C) hardware as a service.

D) storage on demand.

E) middleware as a service.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Cloud computing includes software as a service (SaaS). Some examples of SaaS are Salesforce.com and Google Apps.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

42) Open-source software is developed by: A) in-house developers.

B) employees of a particular company.

C) communities of interested people.

D) consultants.

E) application service providers.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The open source movement is supported by a dedicated community of volunteer developers.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 43) Money can be made from open source software by: A) selling source code.

B) providing maintenance and other services.

C) communities of interested people.

D) adding to the code base.

E) selling documentation to the open-source community.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Companies and individuals can make money with open source by (1) providing maintenance and other services, or (2) providing one version of the software for free and selling a more fully featured version.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 44) In addition to operating systems, e-mail, databases and Web browsers, open source software also includes: A) hardware.

B) machine code.

C) software components and objects.

D) firmware.

E) proprietary software.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Open source also applies to software components and objects.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

45) An organization should acquire software from in-house developers when: A) the supported task is generic.

B) complete systems that cross functional boundaries are needed.

C) the task requires custom support and the system cannot be built internally.

D) the resources and staff are available and the system must be built from scratch.

E) there is a pre-built option Answer: D Explanation: D) See Table 2-2.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 46) One possible source of software which involves in-house development with purchased solutions is called a(n): A) generic solution.

B) hybrid solution.

C) mid-point solution.

D) composite solution.

E) amalgamated solution.

Answer: B Explanation: B) In-house development need not entail development of all of the software that will compose the total system. Hybrid solutions involving some purchased and some in-house software components are common.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 47) Which of the following describes the internal staffing requirements when software components are acquired from packaged software producers?

A) Some internal staff are necessary, but mostly consultants are needed.

B) Some information systems (IS) and user staff to define requirements and evaluate packages are needed.

C) Internal staff may be needed, depending on the application.

D) Internal staff are necessary, though staff size may vary.

E) None of the above are correct.

Answer: B Explanation: B) See Table 2-2.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

48) Which of the following describes the internal staffing requirements when software components are acquired from enterprise-wide solutions providers?

A) Some internal staff are necessary, but mostly consultants are needed.

B) Some IS and user staff to define requirements and evaluate packages are needed.

C) Internal staff may be needed, depending on the application.

D) Internal staff are necessary, though staff size may vary.

E) None of the above are correct.

Answer: A Explanation: A) See Table 2-2.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 49) All of the following are common criteria to consider when selecting off-the-shelf software EXCEPT: A) flexibility.

B) vendor viability.

C) functionality.

D) cost.

E) needs of staff.

Answer: E Explanation: E) E is the logical choice since you really do not consider the needs of staff when selecting off-the-shelf software.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 50) Two criteria that are always among the most important when choosing software are: A) ease of installation and flexibility.

B) response time and vendor support.

C) vendor support and vendor viability.

D) cost and functionality.

E) functionality and documentation.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The relative importance of these standards will vary from project to project and from organization to organization. If you had to choose two criteria that would always be among the most important, those two would probably be vendor support and vendor viability.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

51) In terms of criteria to consider when choosing off-the-shelf software, ease of customization is also referred to as: A) response time.

B) documentation.

C) functionality.

D) flexibility.

E) development time Answer: D Explanation: D) The relative importance of these standards will vary from project to project and from organization to organization. If you had to choose two criteria that would always be among the most important, those two would probably be vendor support and vendor viability.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 52) Software that cannot be modified to meet the particular needs of an organization is called a(n): A) Vanilla System.

B) ERP system.

C) Turnkey system.

D) Software as a Service System.

E) Turnbuckle System.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Some off-the-shelf software systems cannot be modified to meet the specific, individual needs of a particular organization. Such application systems are sometimes called turnkey systems L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

53) In terms of criteria to consider when choosing off-the-shelf software, documentation refers to all of the following EXCEPT: A) user's manuals.

B) technical documentation.

C) the cost for multiple copies.

D) the baseline project plan.

E) how understandable the documentation is.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Documentation includes the user's manual as well as technical documentation.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 54) Which of the following is not a way of validating purchased software information?

A) Reviewing software documentation and technical marketing literature B) Sending prospective vendors a questionnaire asking specific questions about their packages C) Using the software yourself and running it through a series of tests based on the criteria for selecting software D) Obtaining feedback from other users of the software E) Purchasing the software first and then testing Answer: E Explanation: E) All of the following except for E are best practices for evaluating purchased software.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 55) The document sent to vendors asking them to propose hardware and software that will meet the requirements of your new system is called a: A) requirements statement.

B) request for proposal (RFP).

C) baseline project plan.

D) business case.

E) systems service request.

Answer: B Explanation: B) If you decide that new hardware or system software is a strong possibility, you may want to issue a request for proposal (RFP) to vendors. The RFP will ask the vendors to propose hardware and system software that will meet the requirements of your new system.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

56) The use of previously written software resources is also referred to as: A) reuse.

B) reengineering.

C) reprocessing.

D) re-analysis.

E) restructuring.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Reuse is the use of previously written software resources in new applications.

Because so many bits and pieces of applications are relatively generic across applications, it seems intuitive that great savings can be achieved in many areas if those generic bits and pieces do not have to be written anew each time they are needed.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 57) Reuse typically refers to using previously written: A) objects and components.

B) use cases.

C) documentation.

D) business cases.

E) requests for proposals.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Although reuse can conceivably apply to many different aspects of software, typically it is most commonly applied to two different development technologies: object-oriented and component-based development.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

58) Which of the following are the basic steps in software reuse?

A) Abstraction, storage, and recontextualization B) Overloading and overriding C) Developing a business plan and an implementation plan D) Contextualization and generalization E) Purchasing new software and integrating it into existing systems Answer: A Explanation: A) Software reuse has three basic steps: abstraction, storage, and recontextualization. Abstraction involves the design of a reusable piece of software, starting from existing software assets or from scratch. Storage involves making software assets available for others to use. Once an asset has been found, recontextualization–or making the reusable asset understandable to developers who want to use it in their systems–becomes important.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 59) Reusing software can: A) increase the cost of software development.

B) decrease development time.

C) increase development time.

D) increase schedule overruns.

E) decrease programmer productivity.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Software reuse can decrease development time if it is done right and an organization has experience with reusing components.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 60) Which of the following is NOT a result of reuse?

A) Higher-quality software B) Lower defect rates C) Decreased maintenance costs D) Higher defect rates E) Increased maintenance costs Answer: D Explanation: D) Reuse should increase programmer productivity, decrease development time, and result in higher-quality software with lower defect rates, decreasing maintenance costs.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

61) Technical issues related to reuse include all of the following EXCEPT: A) the over-reliance on class libraries.

B) lack of a methodology for creating reusable components.

C) lack of a methodology for clearly defining reusable components.

D) the small number of reusable resources available.

E) the small number of reliable resources available.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Technical issues include the current lack of a methodology for creating and clearly defining and labeling reusable components for placement in a library and the small number of reusable and reliable software resources currently available. Key organizational issues include the lack of commitment to reuse, as well as the lack of proper training and rewards needed to promote it, the lack of organizational support for institutionalizing reuse, and the difficulty in measuring the economic gains from reuse.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 62) The four approaches to reuse include all of the following EXCEPT: A) ad hoc.

B) facilitated.

C) managed.

D) designed.

E) ex ante.

Answer: E Explanation: E) An organization can take one of four approaches to reuse (see Table 2-3). The ad hoc reuse approach is not really an approach at all, at least from an official organizational perspective. With this approach, individuals are free to find or develop reusable assets on their own, but few, if any, organizational rewards are offered for reusing assets. Another approach to reuse is facilitated reuse. With this approach, developers are not required to practice reuse, but they are encouraged to do so. The organization makes available some tools and techniques that enable the development and sharing of reusable assets, and one or more employees may be assigned the role of evangelist to publicize and promote the program. Managed reuse is a more structured, and more expensive, mode of managing software reuse. With managed reuse, the development, sharing, and adoption of reusable assets is mandated. The most expensive and extensive approach to reuse is designed reuse. In addition to mandating reuse and measuring its effectiveness, the designed reuse approach takes the extra step of mandating that assets be designed for reuse as they are being designed for specific applications.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

63) The typical reuse level of facilitated reuse: A) varies.

B) is low.

C) is high.

D) is very high.

E) is moderate.

Answer: B Explanation: B) See table 2-3.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 64) The typical reuse level of designed reuse: A) varies.

B) is low.

C) is moderate.

D) is high.

E) is none to low.

Answer: D Explanation: D) See table 2-3.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 65) The relative cost of ad hoc reuse is: A) low.

B) none.

C) moderate.

D) high.

E) extremely high.

Answer: A Explanation: A) See table 2-3.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

66) When an organization invests in carefully designing assets for reuse, choosing assets for domain or product line, they are said to be engaged in: A) ad hoc reuse.

B) facilitated reuse.

C) designed reuse.

D) managed reuse.

E) ex ante reuse.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The focus of designed reuse is more on developing reusable assets than on finding existing assets that might be candidates for reuse.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 67) When an organization encourages and supports use with limited resources, infrastructure, and policies to make reuse easier, they are said to be engaged in: A) ad hoc reuse.

B) managed reuse.

C) ex ante reuse.

D) facilitated reuse.

E) designed reuse.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The focus of designed reuse is more on developing reusable assets than on finding existing assets that might be candidates for reuse. A corporate reuse office may be established to monitor and manage the overall methodology. Under such an approach, as much as 90 percent of software assets may be reused across different applications.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 68) With managed reuse, the development, sharing, and adoption of reusable assets is: A) encouraged.

B) mandated.

C) discouraged.

D) minimal.

E) All of the above are correct.

Answer: B Explanation: B) With managed reuse, the organization establishes processes and policies for ensuring that reuse is practiced and that the results are measured.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

69) The first administrative information developed in the United States was: A) Digital Equipment Company's VAX minicomputer.

B) a system developed by J. Lyons and Sons.

C) the General Electric payroll system.

D) the Internal Revenue Service's tax compliance system.

E) Amazon.com's inventory management system.

Answer: C Explanation: C) In the United States, the first administrative information system was the General Electric (GE) payroll system, which was developed in 1954.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 70) One reason that an organization would totally outsource its information systems is: A) to ensure a quality system.

B) because of organizational problems.

C) to maintain more local control.

D) to avoid a hostile takeover.

E) to keep the organization running smoothly.

Answer: B Explanation: B) One reason may be to overcome operating problems the organization faces in its information systems unit. For example, the city government of Grand Rapids, Michigan, hired an outside firm to run its computing center forty years ago in order to manage its computing center employees better.

L.O.: 2.1 Explain outsourcing.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 71) By 2017 the outsourcing market is projected to be worth: A) $1.2 million.

B) $178 billion.

C) $1.2 billion.

D) $178,000.

E) $9 million.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Outsourcing is big business. Some organizations outsource the IT development and many of their IT functions, at a cost of billions of dollars. The global business process and information technology outsourcing market is projected to be worth $1.2 billion (USD) by 2017.

L.O.: 2.1 Explain outsourcing.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

72) Which of the following companies is the top software producer?

A) Microsoft B) IBM C) Apple D) Hewlett-Packard E) Oracle Answer: B Explanation: B) The purchase of the IT consulting arm of PricewaterhouseCoopers by IBM in 2002 solidified its move into services and consulting. IBM is also well known for its development of Web server and middleware software.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 73) Which of the following is a disadvantage of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems?

A) The systems are too simple B) Lack of in-house expertise C) Always requires new hardware D) Become outdated quickly E) ERP systems are not secure Answer: B Explanation: B) Organizations typically do not have the necessary expertise in-house to implement the systems, so they must rely on consultants or employees of the software vendor, which can be expensive.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 74) When working with ERP systems, a ________ ensures more accurate and consistent data.

A) software vendor B) depository C) single repository D) sentinel E) data guardian Answer: C Explanation: C) The benefits of the enterprise solutions approach include a single repository of data for all aspects of a business process and the flexibility of the modules. A single repository ensures more consistent and accurate data, as well as less maintenance.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

75) One major concern that IT managers have about cloud computing is: A) security.

B) redundancy.

C) ease of use.

D) backward compatibility.

E) overuse.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The primary concern is reliability, but other concerns include security and compliance with government regulations such as Sarbanes-Oxley.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 76) Open-source software has enjoyed its success due to: A) the price.

B) large software companies.

C) the Internet.

D) the SDLC. E) volume discounts.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The open-source movement would not be having the success it enjoys without the availability of the Internet for providing access and organizing development activities.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 77) A software solution involving both in-house and purchased software is called: A) a mingled solution.

B) a hybrid solution.

C) an open-source solution.

D) a proprietary solution.

E) slackware.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Hybrid solutions involving some purchased and some in-house software components are common.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

78) The best organization to go to when a supported task is generic is a(n): A) open-source software provider.

B) cloud computing service provider.

C) in-house development group.

D) packaged software producer.

E) IT service firm.

Answer: D Explanation: D) See table 2-2.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 79) An enterprise solutions vendor is best used for: A) ill-defined systems.

B) complete systems that cross functional boundaries.

C) tasks which require custom support.

D) applications that require instant access.

E) generic tasks where cost is not an issue.

Answer: B Explanation: B) See table 2-2.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 80) Open source software requires internal staff to: A) write the software.

B) define requirements and evaluate software.

C) debug the software.

D) write more reports.

E) contribute to the code base.

Answer: B Explanation: B) See table 2-2.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

81) How long it takes for a software package to respond to user's requests is called: A) recurrent time.

B) response time.

C) activation time.

D) lag time.

E) run time.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Response time refers to how long it takes the software package to respond to the user's requests in an interactive session.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 82) Besides response time, another measure of time would be: A) release time.

B) how long it takes software to complete a running job.

C) how long it takes software to produce output.

D) turnaround time.

E) resource usage time.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Another measure of time would be how long it takes the software to complete running a job.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 83) Reusing software results in a higher quality application because: A) the software has been tested more when used previously.

B) the cost is lower.

C) there is less staff time needed to complete the project.

D) the code is better written.

E) the software is more efficient.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Because existing pieces of software have already been tested, reusing them tends to result in higher-quality software with lower defect rates, decreasing maintenance costs.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

26 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

84) An organization's approach to reuse must be matched to its: A) business process.

B) strategic business goals.

C) objectives.

D) staffing.

E) budget.

Answer: B Explanation: B) When an organization's management decides to pursue reuse as a strategy, it is important for the organization to match its approach to reuse with its strategic business goals.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 85) As a company gains more experience with reuse, the firm gains more benefits. However, the firm also has to take into account: A) that cost will grow as well.

B) that there will be a need for less staff.

C) that the defect rate will increase.

D) that the software may need to be completely rewritten.

E) its business processes.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The benefits of reuse grow as more corporate experience is gained from it, but so do the costs and the amount of resources necessary for reuse to work well.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 86) Making assets available for others involves: A) sorting.

B) shelf-life.

C) storage.

D) cataloging.

E) cloud computing.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Storage involves making software assets available for others to use.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

27 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

87) A key part of reuse strategy is: A) expending capital on equipment.

B) hiring the right staff.

C) establishing standards and guidelines for reuse.

D) establishing rewards, incentives and organizational support.

E) buying the right software.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A key part of a reuse strategy, as mentioned previously, is establishing rewards, incentives, and organizational support for reuse to help make it more worthwhile than developing your own assets.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 88) The one type of reuse that is mandated is called: A) ad hoc reuse.

B) facilitated reuse.

C) managed reuse.

D) designed reuse.

E) designated reuse.

Answer: D Explanation: D) See table 2-3.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 89) More experienced developers are less likely to reuse code because: A) they think that it is less cost effective.

B) they don't understand other programmer's code.

C) they trust their own code more than someone else's.

D) management would not allow them.

E) they believe that reuse does not fit into the corporate culture.

Answer: C Explanation: C) More experienced developers tend to trust their own coding skills more than they trust the skills of others, so they prefer to write and test their own code.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

28 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

90) Which type of project team is more likely to practice code reuse?

A) permanent B) large C) agile D) transient E) translucent Answer: D Explanation: D) Transient project teams, which will only exist for a short time, are more likely to reuse than are established, more permanent project teams.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 91) Symantec is a leading software firm that specializes in: A) cloud computing.

B) IT services.

C) packaged software.

D) enterprise software.

E) open-source software.

Answer: C Explanation: C) See table 2-1.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 92) Identify and discuss the six sources of software.

Answer: Information technology services firms help companies develop custom information systems for internal use. They develop, host, and run applications for customers, or they provide other services. Packaged software producers are companies who develop generic applications and then sell them in larger retail outlets. Enterprise solutions consist of a series of integrated modules that provide a single repository for all data. Application and managed service providers remotely host and run computer applications for other companies. Managed service providers, in addition, provide network-based services, customized applications, and even equipment. Open source software is developed by a community of interested people and is free, including the source code. Finally, in-house development occurs in the organization when resources and staff are available.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

29 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

93) Discuss cloud computing and how it can benefit an organization.

Answer: Cloud computing allows an organization to rent or license applications from third-party providers. The applications are run at remote sites, thus freeing the organization from maintaining the application and associated hardware. Users pay for the software on either a peruse basis or month-to-month. One example of a clouding computing application is Google apps.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 94) Discuss the future market for cloud computing.

Answer: According to Merrill Lynch, by 2013, twelve percent of corporate computing will be done by cloud computing. The total market for cloud computing is expected to be $160 billion.

Companies that are expected to profit most are the ones that can react quickly to adjust their profit lines to include cloud computing.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Synthesis AACSB: Reflective Thinking 95) Identify four ways that purchased software information can be validated.

Answer: Information about purchased software can be collected from the vendor; you can actually use the software (software, training materials, documentation, and technical support facilities); you can obtain feedback from other users, and you can use independent software testing services.

L.O.: 2.2 Describe six different sources of software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

30 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

96) Identify the most common criteria for choosing off-the-shelf software. Which two criteria would be among the most important?

Answer: The most common criteria are cost, functionality, vendor support, vendor viability, flexibility, documentation, response time, and ease of installation. Cost involves comparing the cost of developing the same system in-house to the cost of purchasing or licensing the software package. Functionality refers to the tasks the software can perform and the mandatory, essential, and desired system features. While vendor support identifies the amount of support the vendor can be expected to provide, vendor viability examines the vendor's marketplace strength.

Flexibility refers to the flexibility of customizing the software. The documentation criterion examines issues relating to the user's manual, technical documentation, and cost of acquiring additional copies of the documentation. Response time questions the length of time it takes the software package to respond to the user's requests in an interactive session and how long it takes the software to complete running a job. The ease of installation criterion examines the difficulty of loading the software and making it operational. Vendor support and viability will be among the most important.

L.O.: 2.3 Discuss how to evaluate off-the-shelf software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 97) What is reuse and why is it increasing in popularity?

Answer: Reuse is the use of previously written software resources in new applications. It is increasing in popularity because developers can use generic bits and pieces of code that do not have to be rewritten. This should increase programmer productivity, decrease development time, minimize scheduling overruns and tend to result in higher-quality software with lower defect rates, which can decrease maintenance costs.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 98) What are the four approaches to reuse?

Answer: An organization can take four approaches to reuse. Ad hoc reuse allows individuals to find or develop reusable assets on their own. Another approach, facilitated reuse, developers are not required to practice reuse but are encouraged to do so. Managed reuse mandates the development, sharing and adoption of reusable assets. The organization does this by establishing policies and procedures for reuse. The last approach, designed reuse, mandates that components are designed for reuse as they are being developed for a specific application.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

31 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

99) Explain why reuse is not always valuable to all developers in an organization.

Answer: Since novice developers are more risk-adverse, they are more likely to reuse software.

However, more experienced developers trust their own code more than someone else's. There also can sometimes be differences across development teams. For example, transient teams are more likely to reuse software.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis AACSB: Reflective Thinking 100) What are the three basic steps involved in software reuse?

Answer: There are three basic steps: abstraction, storage and recontextualizaton. Abstraction involves the design of software, whether it be reused or something from scratch. When software assets are developed or acquired, they must be made available to others. This is storage. Once an asset has been found, then recontextualization is done in order to make the asset more understandable to the developers who will need to use the software.

L.O.: 2.4 Explain reuse and its role in software development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis AACSB: Reflective Thinking

32 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Chapter 3 Managing the Information Systems Project 1) The focus of project management is to ensure that systems development projects meet customer expectations and are delivered within budget and time constraints.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Project management is an important aspect of the development of information systems and a critical skill for a systems analyst. The focus of project management is to ensure that system development projects meet customer expectations and are delivered within budget and time constraints.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 2) The project manager is responsible for initiating, planning, executing, and closing down the project.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A project manager is a systems analyst with a diverse set of skills–management, leadership, technical, conflict management, and customer relationship–who is responsible for initiating, planning, executing, and closing down a project.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 3) A deliverable is an end product in a phase of the SDLC. Answer: TRUE Explanation: Each phase of the SDLC has a deliverable as the end product, whether it be a project plan or the actual implementation.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

4) A resource analysis plan determines if the proposed information system makes sense for the organization from an economic and operational standpoint.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A feasibility study, conducted by the project manager, involves determining whether the information system makes sense for the organization from an economic and operational standpoint. The study takes place before the system is constructed.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 5) A systems development project may be undertaken to take advantage of business opportunities or to solve business problems.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Systems development projects are undertaken for two primary reasons: to take advantage of business opportunities and to solve business problems. Taking advantage of an opportunity might mean providing an innovative service to customers through the creation of a new system. Solving a business problem could involve modifying how an existing system processes data so that more accurate or timely information is provided to users.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 6) In order to determine the resources required for project completion, an organization should analyze the project's scope and determine the project's probability of successful completion.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Once a potential project has been identified, an organization must determine the resources required for its completion by analyzing the scope of the project and determining the probability of successful completion. After getting this information, the organization can then determine whether taking advantage of an opportunity or solving a particular problem is feasible within time and resource constraints.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

7) The most instrumental person to the successful completion of a project is the database analyst.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The most instrumental person is the project manager.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 8) Project planning is the first phase of the project management process in which activities are performed to assess the size, scope, and complexity of the project and to establish procedures to support later project activities.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The first phase of a project is initiation.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 9) Establishing a relationship with a customer is a project initiation activity.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: As part of project initiation, the project manager will get to know the customer and the needs of his/her department.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Interpersonal Relations and Teamwork

3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

10) During project initiation, the focus of developing a communication plan activity is to collect and organize the tools that will be used while managing the project.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The goal of the communication plan is to outline the communication procedures among management, project team members, and the customer. The communication plan includes when and how written and oral reports will be provided by the team, how team members will coordinate work, what messages will be sent to announce the project to interested parties, and what kinds of information will be shared with vendors and external contractors involved with the project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 11) The project workbook serves as a repository for all project correspondence, inputs, outputs, deliverables, procedures, and standards established by the project team.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The project workbook consists of diagrams, charts and system descriptions. It serves as the central repository for the project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 12) Project initiation is the second phase of the project management process, which focuses on defining clear, discrete activities and the work needed to complete each activity within a single project.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Project initiation is the first phase of the project management process.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) Project planning involves defining clear, discrete activities and the work needed to complete each activity within a single project.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The second step in a project is project planning, which requires the project manager to define the activities in a project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 14) Task sequence depends on which tasks produce deliverables needed in other tasks, when critical resources are available, the constraints placed on the project by the client, and the process outlined in the SDLC. Answer: TRUE Explanation: Task sequence defines the sequence of events in which tasks occur in order and depend upon other tasks.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 15) A logic model is a graphical representation of a project that shows each task as a horizontal bar whose length is proportional to its time for completion.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A Gantt chart is a graphical representation of a project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Analytical Thinking 16) Gantt charts show how tasks must be ordered and when an activity should begin and end.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Gantt charts don't show how tasks should be ordered but simply show when they begin and end.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Analytical Thinking 17) Creating a work breakdown structure requires that you decompose phases into activities and activities into specific tasks.

Answer: TRUE 5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Explanation: A work breakdown structure is the process of dividing a project into manageable tasks.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 18) The Constructive Cost Model is a method for estimating a software project's size and cost.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The Constructive Cost Model uses parameters that were derived from prior projects of differing complexity.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 19) COCOMO uses parameters that are derived from estimates of planned projects of the same complexity to estimate project size and cost.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: COCOMO uses parameters that were derived from prior projects of differing complexity.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 20) Project time estimates for task completion and overall system quality are not significantly influenced by the assignment of people to tasks.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: People are the most important and expensive part of project resource planning.

Project time estimates for task completion and overall system quality are significantly influenced by the assignment of people to tasks.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Interpersonal Relations and Teamwork 21) During the development of a preliminary schedule activity conducted during the project planning phase, you specify how various deliverables are produced and tested by you and your project team.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: During the development of a preliminary schedule, you use the information on tasks and resource availability to assign time estimates to each activity in the work breakdown 6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

structure.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 22) A network diagram depicts project tasks and their interrelationships.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A network diagram is a graphical depiction of project tasks and their interrelationships. As with a Gantt chart, each type of task can be highlighted by different features on the network diagram.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 23) A baseline project plan is developed during the project execution phase.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The baseline project plan is executed during the project execution phase. However, it is developed during the project planning phase.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) When executing the baseline project plan, the project manager will initiate the execution of project activities, acquire and assign resources, orient and train new team members, keep the project on schedule, and assure the quality of project deliverables.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Initiating the baseline project plan involves resource allocation, team orientation, scheduling and quality assurance.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 25) A slipped completion date for an activity may initiate a change to the baseline project plan.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A change in the baseline project plan might result from a change in requirements.

It could also result from a slipped completion date for an activity.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 26) The meetings project team communication method has a low formality rating.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: See Table 3-2.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Interpersonal Relations and Teamwork 27) The hallway discussion project team communication method has a medium to a high formality rating.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: See Table 3-2.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Interpersonal Relations and Teamwork

8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

28) The status report project team communication method is used to inform project team members.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: See Table 3-2.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Interpersonal Relations and Teamwork 29) A project can terminate naturally or unnaturally.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Projects can conclude with a natural or unnatural termination. A natural termination occurs when the requirements of the project have been met–the project has been completed and is a success. An unnatural termination occurs when the project is stopped before completion.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology 30) Team members are assessed as part of the conducting postproject reviews activity.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Once you have closed down the project, final reviews of the project should be conducted with management and customers. The objective of these reviews is to determine the strengths and weaknesses of project deliverables, the processes used to create them, and the project management process.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 31) The focus of closing the customer contract activity is to ensure that all contractual terms of the project have been met.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A project is often not completed until all parties agree that is has been finished.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 32) Projects are deemed a success or failure at project closedown.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A project is not deemed complete until it has been closed down. Thus, successful 9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

project closedown will ensure a successful project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 33) Gantt charts do not show how tasks must be ordered.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Gantt charts show when a task should begin and when it should end.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 34) Gantt charts visually show the time overlap of tasks whereas a network diagram does not show time overlap but does show which tasks could be done in parallel.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Since Gantt charts only show when a task should begin or end, there really is no way for a Gantt chart to show what tasks can be done in parallel.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 35) The ability to easily make changes to a project is a very powerful feature of most project management environments.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A project manager can use things line Gantt charts to plot the progress of a project and to change timelines as needed.

L.O.: 3.4 Explain how commercial project management software packages can be used to assist in representing and managing project schedules.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

36) Variable expenses are any person, group of people, piece of equipment, or material used in accomplishing an activity.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Resources are any person, group of people, piece of equipment or material used in accomplishing an activity.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 37) Critical path scheduling is a scheduling technique whose order and duration of a sequence of task activities directly affect the completion date of a project.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A critical path is a sequence of activities which must be completed in order for the project to be completed.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 38) If an activity's optimistic time is four days, its realistic time is 10 days, and its pessimistic time is 25 days, then its estimated time would be 11.5 days.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The optimistic time refers to the minimum amount of time that is needed to complete an activity and the pessimistic time refers to the maximum.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 39) An activity on the critical path will have a slack time of 1.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Any activity on the critical path cannot have a slack time at all, since delaying the activity will consequently cause the entire project to be late.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 40) A planned undertaking of related activities to reach an objective that has a beginning and an 11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

end best defines: A) task development.

B) activity plan.

C) project.

D) task schedule.

E) project mission.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A project is planned and has a beginning and end.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Describe the components of an information system (IS) Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 41) An individual with a diverse set of skills-management, leadership, technical, conflict management, and customer relationship-who is responsible for initiating, planning, executing, and closing down a project best defines: A) chief information officer.

B) consultant.

C) project scheduler.

D) project manager.

E) end user.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A project manager has skills in many different areas including leadership, management as well as technical.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 42) Arguably, the most instrumental person to the successful completion of any project is the: A) chief information officer.

B) project manager.

C) end user.

D) staff consultant.

E) department manager.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The project manager is the key person who will ensure the success of a project.

He or she brings a diverse set of skills to help manage the project.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

43) Influencing the activities of others toward the attainment of a common goal through the use of intelligence, personality, and abilities refers to which of the following project manager activities?

A) Conflict management B) Management C) Leadership D) Team management E) Customer relations Answer: C Explanation: C) Leadership involves working with people to attain a goal.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 44) Managing conflict within a project team to ensure that conflict is not too high or too low best defines which of the following project manager activities?

A) Conflict management B) Leadership C) Team management D) Problem solving E) Risk management Answer: A Explanation: A) Conflict management is a critical skill that a project manager must have in order for the project to be successful.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 45) Identifying, assessing, and managing the risks and day-to-day changes that occur during a project best defines which of the following project manager activities?

A) Conflict management B) Risk and change management C) Team management D) Customer relations E) Technical problem solving Answer: B Explanation: B) Risk and change management is one of many critical skills for a project manager.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

46) Skills that include interpreting system requests and specifications, site preparation and user training, and contact point for customers best represent: A) leadership.

B) management.

C) customer relations.

D) conflict management.

E) team management.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A project manager needs to learn to deal with conflict in a healthy way.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 47) Skills that include defining and sequencing activities, communicating expectations, assigning resources to activities, and monitoring outcomes best represent: A) customer relations.

B) leadership.

C) team management.

D) management.

E) technical problem solving.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A project manager's environment is one of continual change and problem solving.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 48) Which of the following is NOT a project management phase?

A) Closing down the project B) Planning the project C) Executing the project D) Initiating a project E) Implementing the project Answer: E Explanation: E) The project manager is not responsible for implementing the project.

L.O.: 3.1 Describe the skills required to be an effective project manager.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

49) A controlled process of initiating, planning, executing, and closing down a project best defines: A) systems development.

B) project management.

C) project development.

D) systems management.

E) systems development technique.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Project management is the best choice since it encompasses all activities referenced in the question.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 50) The phase of the project management process in which activities are performed to assess the size, scope, and complexity of the project and to establish procedures to support later project activities best defines: A) project initiation.

B) scope development.

C) project planning.

D) project assessment.

E) project design.

Answer: A Explanation: A) During project initiation, the size, scope and complexity of the project is assessed. Procedures are developed which support later project activities.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

51) Which of the following project management activities is associated with project initiation?

A) Estimating resources and creating a detailed resource plan B) Describing project scope, alternatives, and feasibility C) Establishing a relationship with the customer D) Identifying and assessing risks E) Closing down the project Answer: C Explanation: C) A strong relationship with the customer does establish trust.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 52) Defining the necessary activities required to organize the initiation team while they are working to define the scope of the project is the focus of which of the following activities?

A) Establishing the project initiation team B) Establishing management procedures C) Establishing the project management environment and project workbook D) Dividing the project into manageable tasks E) Establishing the project initiation plan Answer: E Explanation: E) Establishing the project initiation plan defines the activities required to organize the initiation team while it is working to define the scope of the project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

53) An online or hard-copy repository for all project correspondence, inputs, outputs, deliverables, procedures, and standards that is used for performing project audits, orientation of new team members, communicating with management and customers, identifying future projects, and performing post project reviews is called: A) a project workbook.

B) a schedule book.

C) a project planner.

D) project management software.

E) an electronic calendar.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A project workbook serves as the central repository for all information about the project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 54) Which of the following is NOT a true statement regarding project planning?

A) Project planning often requires that you make numerous assumptions about resource availability and potential problems.

B) Project planning is the second phase of the project management process.

C) Project planning focuses on defining clear, discrete activities and the work needed to complete each activity within a single project.

D) The repetitive nature of the project management process requires that plans be constantly monitored throughout the project and periodically updated.

E) Monitoring project progress against the baseline project plan is the first project planning activity.

Answer: E Explanation: E) Monitoring project progress against the baseline project plan is an activity done during project execution.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

55) Developing an understanding of the content and complexity of the project is the purpose of: A) developing a project charter activity of the project planning phase.

B) setting a baseline project plan activity of the project planning phase.

C) determining project standards and procedures activity of the project planning phase.

D) describing the project scope, alternatives, and feasibility activity of the project planning phase.

E) closing down the project activity of the project planning phase.

Answer: D Explanation: D) During the project planning phase the scope, alternative and feasibility of the project are defined.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 56) Which of the following is NOT a project planning activity?

A) Setting a baseline project plan B) Identifying and assessing risk C) Determining project standards and procedures D) Establishing management procedures E) Developing a project charter Answer: D Explanation: D) Management procedures are not part of project planning but more of business operations.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

57) The process of dividing the project into manageable tasks and logically ordering them to ensure a smooth evolution between tasks defines: A) task division.

B) work breakdown structure.

C) work structuring.

D) project division.

E) critical path scheduling.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The work breakdown structure shows graphically how a project is divided up.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 58) Which of the following is NOT a task characteristic?

A) A task should have well-accepted predecessor and successor steps.

B) A task should have a single and identifiable deliverable.

C) A task should have a known method or technique.

D) A task should be completed by only one person.

E) A task is measurable so that percent completed can be determined.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A task can be completed by a team.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

59) Which of the following is a true statement regarding project time estimates?

A) Project time estimates for task completion and overall system quality are significantly influenced by the assignment of people to tasks.

B) Resource estimates should not be revised based upon the skills of the actual person assigned to a particular activity.

C) Staff learning can be enhanced by assigning individuals to tasks which are "over their heads."

D) Project time estimates are always on target.

E) Hardware and software are the most important, and expensive, part of project resource planning.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Management procedures are not part of project planning but more of business operations.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 60) During which of the following project planning activities do you use the information regarding tasks and resource availability to assign time estimates to each activity in the work breakdown structure?

A) Dividing the project into manageable tasks B) Describing project scope, alternatives, and feasibility C) Setting a baseline project plan D) Developing a preliminary schedule E) Developing a project scope statement Answer: D Explanation: D) The preliminary schedule will allow you to create target starting and ending dates for the project. Target dates can be revisited and modified until a schedule produced is acceptable to the customer.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

61) Indicating when and how written and oral reports will be provided by the team, how team members will coordinate work, what messages will be sent to announce the project to interested parties, and what kinds of information will be shared with vendors and external contractors involved with the project describes: A) determining project standards and procedures.

B) developing a project scope statement.

C) developing a communication plan.

D) setting a baseline project plan.

E) establishing the project initiation team.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The goal of this activity is to outline the communication procedures among management, project team members, and the customer. The communication plan includes when and how written and oral reports will be provided by the team, how team members will coordinate work, what messages will be sent to announce the project to interested parties, and what kinds of information will be shared with vendors and external contractors involved with the project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 62) Risks can arise from: A) the use of new technology.

B) resistance to change.

C) availability of critical resources.

D) member inexperience with technology or the business area.

E) all of the above.

Answer: E Explanation: E) The goal of this activity is to outline the communication procedures among management, project team members, and the customer. The communication plan includes when and how written and oral reports will be provided by the team, how team members will coordinate work, what messages will be sent to announce the project to interested parties, and what kinds of information will be shared with vendors and external contractors involved with the project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

63) The third phase of the project management process in which the plans created in the prior phases are put into action is: A) project planning.

B) project development.

C) project initiation.

D) project execution.

E) project close down.

Answer: D Explanation: D) During project execution, all plans created in previous phases are executed.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 64) Which of the following occurs during project execution?

A) Monitoring project progress against the baseline project plan B) Conducting post project reviews C) Establishing the project initiation plan D) Establishing the project workbook E) Establishing the communication plan Answer: A Explanation: A) The baseline project plan is used to track progress of the project during the execution phase.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 65) Changes to the baseline project plan might be motivated by: A) a slipped completion date of an activity.

B) a bungled activity that must be redone.

C) the identification of a new activity that becomes evident later in the project.

D) an unforeseen change in personnel due to sickness, resignation, or termination.

E) all of the above.

Answer: E Explanation: E) Missed completion dates, scope creep, personnel changes and redoing an activity can cause a change to the completion date.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 66) The responsibility for keeping all team members informed of the project status best describes: 22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

A) monitoring project progress against the baseline project plan.

B) executing the baseline plan.

C) communicating the project status.

D) updating project status.

E) establishing the project initiation plan.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The project manager is responsible for communicating project status.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 67) Which of the following states correctly the formality and use of a project workbook?

A) In terms of formality, the project workbook would be rated low to medium. In terms of use, the project workbook would be used to inform and serve as a permanent record.

B) In terms of formality, the project workbook would be rated high. In terms of use, the project workbook would be used to resolve issues.

C) In terms of formality, the project workbook would be rated high. In terms of use, the project workbook would be used to inform and serve as a permanent record.

D) In terms of formality, the project workbook would be rated low. In terms of use, the project workbook would be used to resolve issues.

E) In terms of formality, the project workbook would be rated medium to high. In terms of use, the project workbook would be used to resolve issues.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The project workbook serves as a formal document used throughout the project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

68) Which of the following states correctly the formality and use of hallway discussions?

A) In terms of formality, hallway discussions would be rated medium. In terms of use, hallway discussions would be used to inform.

B) In terms of formality, hallway discussions would be rated high. In terms of use, hallway discussions would be used to inform.

C) In terms of formality, hallway discussions would be rated low. In terms of use, hallway discussions would be used to inform and resolve issues.

D) In terms of formality, hallway discussions would be rated high. In terms of use, hallway discussions would serve as a permanent record.

E) In terms of formality, hallway discussions would be rated medium to high. In terms of use, hallway discussions would be used to resolve issues.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Hallway discussions are an informal but very useful activity.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 69) The final phase of the project management process that focuses on bringing a project to an end is called: A) project evaluation.

B) project closedown.

C) project initiation and planning.

D) project review.

E) project implementation.

Answer: B Explanation: B) During the project closedown phase, the project manager ensures that all project goals have been met.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

70) Ensuring that all contractual terms of the project have been met is done during: A) conducting postproject reviews.

B) closing the customer contract.

C) setting a baseline project plan.

D) communicating the project status.

E) project implementation.

Answer: B Explanation: B) In order to have the customer sign off on a project, the project manager has to ensure that all of the contractual terms have been met.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 71) Determining the strengths and weaknesses of project deliverables, the processes used to create them, and the project management process is done during: A) conducting postproject reviews.

B) closing down the project.

C) establishing the communication plan.

D) communicating the project status.

E) closing the customer contract.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The entire project from start to finish is reviewed during post project reviews.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 72) Any person, group of people, piece of equipment, or material used in accomplishing an activity is referred to as a(n): A) entity.

B) agent.

C) resource.

D) identifier.

E) expense.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A resource is utilized in a project, whether it be a person, equipment, etc.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 73) A scheduling technique where the order and duration of the sequence of activities directly affect the completion date of a project refers to: 25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

A) sequencing strategy.

B) Gantt scheduling.

C) critical path scheduling.

D) activity scheduling.

E) task management.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Critical path scheduling refers to the duration of events whereas a Gantt chart focuses on dependencies.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 74) A critical path refers to: A) a sequence of task activities whose order and durations indirectly affect the completion date of a project.

B) a sequence of task activities whose order and durations directly affect the completion date of a project.

C) a sequence of task activities whose order must be performed in parallel.

D) a sequence of task activities whose duration cannot last more than 40 percent of the time allotted to the project.

E) none of the above.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A critical path is a sequence of activities.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

26 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

75) A technique that uses optimistic, pessimistic, and realistic time to calculate the expected time for a particular task best defines: A) Gantt.

B) Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE).

C) Program Evaluation Review Technique (PERT).

D) flowcharting.

E) Unified Modeling Language (UML).

Answer: C Explanation: C) PERT is used to calculate the expected time for a task to be completed.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 76) Optimistic time refers to: A) the maximum period of time for an activity to be completed.

B) the minimum period of time for an activity to be completed.

C) the planner's "best guess" of the amount of time the activity actually will require for completion.

D) the maximum period of time for an entire project to be completed.

E) the average period of time for an activity to be completed.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The minimum time that it takes for an activity to be completed is optimistic time.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

27 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

77) Pessimistic time refers to: A) the maximum period of time for an activity to be completed.

B) the minimum period of time for an activity to be completed.

C) the planner's "best guess" of the amount of time the activity actually will require for completion.

D) the maximum period of time for an entire project to be completed.

E) the average period of time for an activity to be completed.

Answer: A Explanation: A) When scheduling, if one considers that a task will take the maximum time this is pessimistic time.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 78) Realistic time refers to: A) the maximum period of time for an activity to be completed.

B) the minimum period of time for an activity to be completed.

C) the planner's "best guess" of the amount of time the activity actually will require for completion.

D) the maximum period of time for an entire project to be completed.

E) the average period of time for an activity to be completed.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The best guess of the amount of time that an activity will take is called realistic time.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

28 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

79) What would be the estimated time for completion if the time estimates for report design are as follows? optimistic = 3 weeks; pessimistic = 9 weeks; realistic = 6 weeks A) 3 weeks B) 5 weeks C) 36 weeks D) 6 weeks E) 18 weeks Answer: D Explanation: D) You would use realistic time.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 80) What would be the estimated time for completion if time estimates for programming are as follows? optimistic = 4 weeks; pessimistic = 6 weeks; realistic = 5 weeks A) 5 weeks B) 6 weeks C) 15 weeks D) 3 weeks E) 30 weeks Answer: A Explanation: A) You would use realistic time.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 81) What would be the estimated time for completion if time estimates for installation are as follows? optimistic = 1 week; pessimistic = 1 week; realistic = 1 week A) 5 weeks B) 12 weeks C) 6 weeks D) 3 weeks E) 1 week Answer: E Explanation: E) You would use realistic time.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 29 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

82) Which of the following is true regarding Gantt chart construction?

A) Squares are used to represent activities.

B) To construct the Gantt chart, a horizontal bar is drawn for each activity that reflects its sequence and duration.

C) To show precedence relationships, arrows are used to connect the nodes.

D) Arrows are used to reflect the sequence of activities.

E) Ellipses are used to represent activities.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A Gantt chart does not use ellipses or squares. Answer C would be incorrect since a Gantt chart does not deal with sequences of activities. A Gantt chart does use horizontal bars for each activity.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 83) Which of the following is NOT a true statement regarding network diagrams?

A) All activities with a slack time equal to zero are on the critical path.

B) Nodes not on the critical path can be delayed (for some amount of time) without delaying the final completion of the project.

C) The latest expected completion time refers to the time in which an activity can be completed without delaying the project.

D) To construct a network diagram, a horizontal bar is drawn for each activity that reflects its sequence and duration.

E) The critical path of a network diagram is represented by the sequence of connected activities that produce the longest overall time period.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A horizontal bar is drawn for a Gantt chart.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

30 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

84) The amount of time that an activity can be delayed without delaying the project refers to: A) noncritical time.

B) slack time.

C) down time.

D) delay time.

E) stop time.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Slack time is the amount of time that an activity can be delayed without causing further delay on the project.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 85) Slack time is equal to: A) the difference between an activity's latest and earliest expected completion time.

B) the latest expected completion time.

C) the difference between the start time and realistic time for each activity.

D) the sum of an activity's latest and earliest expected completion time.

E) the difference between the optimistic time and pessimistic time for an activity.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Slack time is always calculated based upon expected completion times, using the difference to calculate the slack time.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 86) Which of the following slack times indicates that an activity is on the critical path?

A) 1 B) 10 C) 0 D) 2 E) 5 Answer: C Explanation: C) An activity on the critical path cannot have a slack time.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 31 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

87) Which of the following refers to the time in which an activity can be completed without delaying the project?

A) Latest expected completion time B) Earliest expected completion time C) Delay time D) End time E) Critical time Answer: A Explanation: A) The latest expected completion time tells us what the very latest time is for an activity to be completed before the project is delayed. This applies to activities along the critical path.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 88) Automated tools available to help you manage a development project are referred to as: A) diagram generators.

B) project management software.

C) systems development software.

D) desktop publishing software.

E) utility software.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Automated tools for project management are referred to as project management software.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

32 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

89) An example of a project management system is: A) Word Perfect.

B) Microsoft Office.

C) Microsoft Project for Windows.

D) Lotus 1-2-3.

E) QuarkXpress.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Microsoft Project is one of the most popular project management software products on the market today.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 90) Briefly define and compare Gantt and Network diagrams.

Answer: A Gantt chart is a graphical representation of a project that shows each task activity as a horizontal bar whose length is proportional to its time for completion. A Network diagram is a graphical depiction of project task activities and their interrelationships. The distinguishing feature of a Network diagram is that the ordering of activities is shown by connecting an activity with its predecessor and successor activities. Gantt and Network diagrams have features that enable them to more easily demonstrate certain aspects of a project more so than the other. Gantt shows the duration of activities; a Network diagram shows the sequence dependencies between activities. Gantt shows the time overlap of activities; a Network diagram does not show time overlap but does show what activities could be done in parallel. Some forms of Gantt charts can show slack time available within an earliest start and latest finish duration; a Network diagram shows this by data within activity rectangles.

L.O.: 3.3 Explain what is meant by critical path scheduling and describe the process of creating Gantt charts and network diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects, Explain how information systems can be used to assist in decision making Classification: Application AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

33 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

91) Identify and briefly discuss the four phases involved in managing a project.

Answer: The project management process occurs in four phases. Each phase requires that several activities be performed. The four phases include initiating the project, planning the project, executing the project, and closing down the project. Each of the four phases is briefly highlighted below. The first phase, project initiation, includes activities that are performed to assess the size, scope, and complexity of the project and to establish procedures to support later project activities. Project initiation activities include establishing the project initiation team, establishing a relationship with the customer, establishing the project initiation plan, establishing management procedures, establishing the project management environment and project workbook, and developing the project charter.

Project planning, the second phase, focuses on defining clear, discrete activities and the work needed to complete each activity within a single project. Varied and numerous types of tasks are performed during this phase. Project planning activities include describing project scope, alternatives, and feasibility; dividing the project into manageable tasks; estimating resources and creating a resource plan; developing a preliminary schedule; developing a communication plan; determining project standards and procedures; identifying and assessing risk; creating a preliminary budget; developing a project scope statement; and setting a baseline project plan.

Project execution, the third phase of the project management process, is the phase in which the plans created in the prior phases are put into action. Project execution activities include executing the baseline project plan, monitoring project progress against the baseline project plan, managing changes to the baseline project plan, maintaining the project workbook, and communicating the project status. The final phase of the project management process, project closedown, focuses on bringing a project to an end. Project closedown activities include closing down the project, conducting postproject reviews, and closing the customer contract.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 92) Briefly discuss project management software.

Answer: When developing a project, automated project management tools are available for use by the project manager. While a wide variety of project management tools are available, most include features such as the ability to define and order tasks, assign resources to tasks, and easily modify tasks and resources. The tools run on a range of platforms; the tools vary in the number of task activities supported, the complexity of relationships, system processing and storage requirements, and cost.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

34 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

93) Identify the common activities and skills of a project manager.

Answer: The project manager must be equipped with a diverse set of skills. These skills include leadership, management, customer relations, technical problem solving, conflict management, team management, and risk change management. Leadership skills involve influencing the activities of others toward the attainment of a common goal through the use of intelligence, personality, and abilities. Sample leadership skills include monitoring progress, serving as a liaison between management, users, and developers, and assigning activities. Management skills involve getting projects completed through the effective utilization of resources. Sample management skills include communicating expectations, assigning resources to activities, and monitoring outcomes. Customer relations skills involve working closely with customers to ensure project deliverables meet expectations. Examples of skills required are interpreting system requests and specifications, defining activities and their sequence, and making trade-offs between alternative solutions and designing solutions to problems.

Technical problem solving involves designing and sequencing activities to attain project goals.

Examples include interpreting system requests and specifications, defining activities and their sequence, and making tradeoffs between alternative solutions. Conflict management manages conflict within a project team to assure that conflict is not too high or too low. Sample skills required are problem solving, smoothing out personality differences, compromising, and goal setting. Team management requires managing the project team for effective team performance.

Sample skills required are peer evaluations, conflict resolution, self-management, and team building. Risk and change management requires identifying, assessing, and managing the risks and day-to-day changes that occur during a project. Sample skills required are environmental scanning, risk and opportunity identification and assessment, forecasting, and resource redeployment.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge 94) What is a project? Who is the project manager?

Answer: A project is a planned undertaking of a series of related activities to reach an objective that has a beginning and an end. Project management is a controlled process of initiating, planning, executing, and closing down a project. The individual responsible for the project and project management is the project manager. The project manager is an individual with a diverse set of skills. Management, leadership, technical, conflict management, and customer relationship are necessary skills that the project manager should have. Also, the project manager is responsible for initiating, planning, executing, and closing down a project.

L.O.: 3.2 List and describe the skills and activities of a project manager during project initiation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept AACSB: Information Technology, Application of Knowledge

35 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Chapter 4 Systems Planning and Selection 1) Systems analysis is the first phase of the systems development life cycle.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The first activity of the systems planning and selection phase of the SDLC is project identification and selection.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 2) Requirements structuring is the first activity of the systems planning and selection phase.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The first activity of the systems planning and selection phase of the SDLC is project identification and selection.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 3) Projects identified by top management have a cross-functional focus.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Projects identified by top management have a strategic organizational focus.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 4) The development group identifies projects based on the ease with which existing hardware and systems will integrate with the proposed project.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The development group identifies projects based on the ease with which existing hardware and systems in addition to project cost, duration, complexity, and risk, also influence the people who identify a project.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 5) When comparing alternative methods for making information systems identification and selection decisions, top management's selection decisions often involve a small system size and have a cross-functional focus.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Projects identified by top management have a strategic organizational focus.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

6) To maintain consistency, the classification and ranking of projects should only be performed by top management or a steering committee.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: As with project identification, classifying and ranking projects can be performed by top managers, a steering committee, business units, or the IS development group.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 7) The criteria used to evaluate projects will vary by organization.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because limited resources preclude the development of all proposed systems, most organizations have some process of classifying and ranking each project's merit.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 8) The baseline project plan (BPP) is the primary deliverable from the project identification and selection phase.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The objective of the project planning process is to produce two documents: a baseline project plan (BPP) and the project scope statement (PSS).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 9) A schedule of specific IS development projects is the primary deliverable from the project identification and selection phase.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The primary deliverable, or end product, from the project identification and selection phase is a schedule of specific IS development projects.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 10) Due to the principle of incremental commitment, a selected project will result in a working system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Because of the principle of incremental commitment, a selected project does not necessarily result in a working system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

11) Proper and insightful project initiation and planning, including determining project scope and identifying project activities, can reduce the time needed to complete later project phases, including systems analysis.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An example of this would include a careful feasibility analysis conducted during initiation and planning could lead to rejecting a project and saving a considerable expenditure of resources.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 12) The objective of project identification and selection is to transform a vague system request document into a tangible project description.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The primary deliverable, or end product, from the project identification and selection phase is a schedule of specific IS development projects.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 13) Project initiation focuses on activities that will help organize a team to conduct project planning.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Proper and insightful project initiation and planning, including determining project scope and identifying project activities, can reduce the time needed to complete later project phases, including systems analysis.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 14) Project planning focuses on defining clear, discrete tasks and the work needed to complete each task.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Project planning is one of two major activities during project initiation and project planning. It specifically focuses on clearing defining tasks and associated work necessary to complete all tasks.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

15) The major outcomes and deliverables from project initiation and planning are the baseline project plan and the project scope statement.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The major outcomes and deliverables from project initiation and planning are the baseline project plan (BPP) and the project scope statement which include estimates, risks, and other important documentation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 16) The project charter reflects the best estimate of the project's scope, benefits, costs, risks, and resource requirements, given the current understanding of the project.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A project charter is a document to establish a formal relationship with a customer or consulting firm.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 17) Economic feasibility is a process of identifying the financial benefits and costs associated with a development project.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The purpose for assessing economic feasibility is to identify the financial benefits and costs associated with the development project.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 18) Opening new markets and increasing sales opportunities are both examples of tangible benefit.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A tangible benefit is derived from the creation of an information system that can be measured in dollars and with certainty.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept 19) Increased flexibility is an example of an intangible benefit.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Increased flexibility is an example of a tangible benefit. A tangible benefit is derived from the creation of an information system that can be measured in dollars and with certainty.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

20) Site preparation is an example of a one-time cost.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Site preparation, an example of a one-time cost, refers to a cost associated with project initiation and development and the start-up of the system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 21) Variable costs are costs resulting from the ongoing evolution and use of a system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Variable costs refer to items that vary in relation to usage. Long-distance phone charges are variable costs.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 22) The time value of money (TVM) compares present cash outlays to future expected returns.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Most techniques used to determine economic feasibility encompass the concept of the time value of money (TVM). The time value of money (TVM) is the process of comparing present cash outlays to future expected returns.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 23) Because many projects may be competing for the same investment dollars and may have different useful life expectancies, all costs and benefits must be viewed in relation to their present rather than future value when comparing investment options.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Given most projects would take place in the future, a present value should be used to allow appropriate comparisons among project options.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 24) Using a discount rate of 10 percent, the present value of a $2,500 benefit received five years from now is $1,552.30.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: PV1 = $2,500 * 1/(1+.10)5 = $2,500 * .620921323 = FV1= $1,552.30 CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application

5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) Using a discount rate of 14 percent, the present value of a $10,000 benefit received five years from now is $5,500.49.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: PV1 = $10,000 * 1/(1+.14)5 = $10,000 * .620921323 = FV1= $ $5,193.687 CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application 26) Using a discount rate of 12 percent, the present value of a $50,500 benefit received two years from now is $40,258.29.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: PV1 = $50,000 * 1/(1+.12)2 = $50,000 * .797193877 = FV1= $ $39,859.69 CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application 27) The objective of return on investment (ROI) analysis is to discover at what point cumulative benefits equal costs.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: ROI is the ratio of the net cash receipts of the project divided by the cash outlays of the project.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 28) If the net present value (NPV) of all costs is $100,000 and the NPV of all benefits is $170,000, then the ROI would be 35 percent.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: NPVcosts = $100,000, NPVbenefit $170,000; 170000-100000/170000= 41% CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application 29) Most techniques for analyzing economic feasibility employ the time value of money concept.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because most information systems have a useful life of more than one year and will provide benefits and incur expenses for more than one year, most techniques for analyzing economic feasibility employ the concept of the time value of money (TVM).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) Fulfillment feasibility is the process of examining the likelihood that the project will attain its desired objectives.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Operational feasibility is the process of examining the likelihood that the project will attain its desired objectives.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 31) The goal of operational feasibility is to understand the degree to which a proposed system will likely solve the business problems or take advantage of opportunities.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Operational feasibility is the process of assessing the degree to which a proposed system solves business problems or takes advantage of business opportunities.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 32) Generally speaking, legal and contractual feasibility is a greater consideration if your organization has historically used an outside organization for specific systems or services that you now are considering handling yourself.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Assessing legal and contractual feasibility requires that you gain an understanding of any potential legal and contractual ramifications due to the construction of the system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 33) The construction of an information system can have political ramifications.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because an information system may affect the distribution of information within the organization, and thus the distribution of power, the construction of an IS can have political ramifications.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 34) All information collected during project initiation and planning is collected and organized into a document called the baseline project plan.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This plan contains four sections including an introduction, system description, feasibility assessment, and management issues.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

35) Referencing the Management Issues section of the baseline project plan, the communication plan provides a description of the team member roles and reporting relationships.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The communication plan provides a description of the communication procedures to be followed by management, team members, and the customer.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 36) The Explanation of Services is a document prepared for the customer that describes what the project will deliver and outlines generally at a high level all work required to complete the project.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: This question describes a Project scope statement. A Project scope statement is a document prepared for the customer that describes what the project will deliver and outlines generally at a high level all work required to complete the project.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 37) A walkthrough is a peer group review of any product created during the systems development process.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Walkthroughs, also called structured walkthroughs, are peer-group reviews of any product created during the systems development process.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 38) Referencing a walkthrough, the maintenance oracle ensures that the work product adheres to organizational technical standards.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The maintenance oracle reviews the work product in terms of future maintenance activities.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 39) Referencing a walkthrough, the user makes sure that the work product meets the needs of the project's customers.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This user would usually be someone not on the project team.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

40) Referencing a walkthrough, the coordinator reviews the work product in terms of future maintenance activities.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The coordinator plans the meeting and facilitates discussions.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 41) The systems planning and selection process for an Internet-based electronic commerce application is no different than the process followed for other applications.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The systems planning and selection process for an Internet-based EC application is no different than the process followed for other applications.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 42) The first phase of the systems development life cycle is: A) systems planning and selection.

B) systems study.

C) systems analysis.

D) systems design.

E) systems implementation and operation.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Systems planning and selection is the first of four SDLC phases.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 43) Which of the following is one of the three primary activities associated with identifying and selecting IS development projects?

A) Preliminary investigation of the system problem or opportunity B) Identification of potential development projects C) Requirements determination D) Generate alternative initial designs E) Requirements structuring Answer: B Explanation: B) Project identification and selection consists of three primary activities: identifying potential development projects, classifying and ranking projects, and selecting projects for development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

44) A department head deciding which project requests to submit is an example of: A) a preliminary investigation of the system problem or opportunity.

B) identifying potential development projects.

C) requirements determination.

D) generating alternative initial designs.

E) requirements structuring.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Although organizations vary as to how they identify projects, top managers are recognized as one potential method.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 45) Research has found that projects identified by top management more often: A) have a narrow, tactical focus.

B) reflect diversity and have a cross-functional focus.

C) have a strategic, organizational focus.

D) will integrate easily with existing hardware and systems.

E) have a very low systems development priority.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Recognizing projects identified by top management typically have a strategic, organizational focus which is important when approaching a potential project.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 46) Research has found that projects identified by individual departments or business units most often: A) have a narrow, tactical focus.

B) reflect diversity and have a cross-functional focus.

C) have a strategic, organizational focus.

D) will integrate easily with existing hardware and systems.

E) have a very high systems development priority.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Recognizing projects identified by individual departments or business units most often have a narrow focus which is important when approaching a potential project.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

47) Potential development projects with a cross-functional focus are often identified by: A) a steering committee.

B) top management.

C) a senior IS manager.

D) individual departments.

E) customers.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Projects identified by steering committees reflect the diversity of the committee and therefore have a cross-functional focus.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 48) Which of the following possible project sources most often reflects the broader needs of the organization?

A) User department B) Development group C) IS manager D) Top management E) Production manager Answer: D Explanation: D) Projects identified by top management generally have a strategic organizational focus when compared to other groups.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 49) Which of the following alternative methods for making information systems identification and selection decisions has the highest associated cost?

A) Development group B) User department C) Steering committee D) Top management E) End user Answer: D Explanation: D) When considering top management, a steering committee, a user department, or development group as a project source, top management generally has the highest associated cost.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

50) Which of the following alternative methods for making information systems identification and selection decisions has as its focus integration with existing systems?

A) Development group B) User department C) Steering committee D) Top management E) End user Answer: A Explanation: A) When considering top management, a steering committee, a user department, or development group as a project source, development groups are most likely to focus on integration with existing systems.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 51) The extent to which the project is viewed as improving profits, customer service, etc., and the duration of these benefits best defines which of the following evaluation criteria?

A) Potential benefits B) Resource availability C) Technical difficulty or risks D) Strategic alignment E) Value chain analysis Answer: A Explanation: A) The evaluation criteria when classifying and ranking projects of potential benefits includes positives such as increased revenues, reduced risks, and improved efficiencies.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 52) The extent to which the project is viewed as helping the organization achieve its strategic objectives and long-term goals describes: A) potential benefits.

B) resource availability.

C) technical difficulty or risks.

D) strategic alignment.

E) value chain analysis.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The evaluation criteria when classifying and ranking projects of strategic alignment is focused on organizational objectives.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

53) Analyzing an organization's activities to determine where value is added to products and/or services and the costs incurred best describes: A) affinity clustering.

B) business process reengineering.

C) value chain analysis.

D) resource availability.

E) technical difficulty.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Value chain analysis involves the extent to which activities add value and costs when developing products and/or services; information systems projects providing the greatest overall benefits will be given priority over those with fewer benefits.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 54) The primary deliverable from the project identification and selection phase is: A) a context data flow diagram.

B) at least three substantively different system design strategies for building the replacement information system.

C) the development of a new version of the software and new versions of all design documents.

D) an entity relationship diagram.

E) a schedule of specific IS development projects.

Answer: E Explanation: E) The primary deliverable, or end product, from the project identification and selection phase is a schedule of specific IS development projects.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 55) If the project team and organizational officials reassess the project after each subsequent SDLC phase to determine if the business conditions have changed or if a more detailed understanding of a system's costs, benefits, and risks suggest that the project is not as worthy as previously thought, they are: A) adhering to the incremental commitment principle.

B) overly cautious.

C) using a CASE methodology.

D) adhering to a bottom-up commitment principle.

E) using a staged approach to systems development.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Because of the principle of incremental commitment, a selected project does not necessarily result in a working system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

56) As a rule of thumb estimate, what percentage of the entire development effort should be devoted to the project initiation and planning process?

A) Between 10 and 20 percent B) Less than 5 percent C) Less than 10 percent D) Between 20 and 30 percent E) Over 50 percent Answer: A Explanation: A) In other words, you should not be reluctant to spend considerable time and energy early in the project's life in order to fully understand the motivation for the requested system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 57) Activities designed to assist in organizing a team to conduct project planning is the focus of: A) project development.

B) project identification and selection.

C) project initiation.

D) analysis.

E) implementation and operation.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Project initiation focuses on activities that will help organize a team to conduct project planning.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 58) Which of the following is NOT a project initiation activity?

A) Establishing management procedures B) Dividing the project into manageable tasks C) Establishing a relationship with the customer D) Establishing the project initiation team E) Establishing the project initiation plan Answer: B Explanation: B) All of the items listed are examples of activities performed during product initiation with the exception of dividing the project into manageable tasks.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

59) Which of the following is a project initiation activity?

A) Developing a preliminary schedule B) Setting a baseline project plan C) Determining project standards and procedures D) Establishing a relationship with the customer E) Developing a communication plan Answer: D Explanation: D) Proper and insightful project initiation and planning, including determining project scope and identifying project activities, can reduce the time needed to complete later project phases, including systems analysis. It also includes establishing a relationship with the customer.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 60) The objective of the project planning process is the development of: A) a Baseline Project Plan and Project Scope Statement.

B) a Systems Service Request.

C) entity relationship diagrams.

D) corporate strategic plan.

E) an information systems plan.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The major outcomes and deliverables from project initiation and planning are the baseline project plan (BPP) and the project scope statement which include estimates, risks, and other important documentation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 61) The Baseline Project Plan does not: A) contain all information collected and analyzed during project initiation and planning.

B) specify detailed project activities for the next life cycle phase, analysis, and less detail for subsequent project phases.

C) include being used by the project selection committee to help decide if the project should be accepted, redirected, or canceled.

D) reflect the best estimate of the project's scope, benefits, costs, risks, and resource requirements given the current understanding of the project.

E) include the database metadata.

Answer: E Explanation: E) The BPP becomes the foundation for the remainder of the development project.

It is an internal document used by the development team but not shared with customers. It does not include database metadata.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

62) A major outcome and deliverable from project initiation and planning that reflects the best estimate of the project's scope, benefits, costs, risks, and resource requirements defines the: A) Baseline Project Plan.

B) Information Systems Plan.

C) Mission Statement.

D) Resource Requirements Statement.

E) Systems Service Request.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The Baseline Project Plan (BPP) becomes the foundation for the remainder of the development project. It is an internal document used by the development team but not shared with customers.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 63) Which of the following is a project planning activity?

A) Establishing management procedures B) Establishing a relationship with the customer C) Estimating resources and creating a resource plan D) Establishing the project management environment and project workbook E) Establishing the project initiation plan Answer: C Explanation: C) Project planning focuses on defining clear, discrete tasks and the work needed to complete each task. Estimating resources and creating a resource plan is an example of a project planning activity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 64) Which of the following is NOT a project planning activity?

A) Determining project standards and procedures B) Establishing management procedures C) Developing a Statement of Work D) Dividing the project into manageable tasks E) Developing a communication plan Answer: B Explanation: B) Project planning, focuses on defining clear, discrete tasks and the work needed to complete each task. Establishing management procedures is not an example of a project planning activity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

65) A major outcome and deliverable from the project initiation and planning phase that contains an estimate of the project's scope, benefits, costs, risks, and resource requirements best defines: A) Baseline Project Plan.

B) Information Systems Plan.

C) Business Case.

D) Statement of Work.

E) System Service Request.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The BPP specifies detailed project activities for the next life-cycle phase– systems analysis–and provides less detail for subsequent project phases.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 66) To identify the financial benefits and costs associated with the development project is the purpose of: A) financial feasibility.

B) technical feasibility.

C) operational feasibility.

D) economic feasibility.

E) schedule feasibility.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The purpose for assessing economic feasibility is to identify the financial benefits and costs associated with the development project.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 67) Tangible benefits would include: A) improved organizational planning.

B) ability to investigate more alternatives.

C) improved asset control.

D) lower transaction costs.

E) first to market.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A tangible benefit is derived from the creation of an information system that can be measured in dollars and with certainty. Lower transaction costs are examples of a tangible benefit.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept

17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

68) Cost reduction and avoidance, error reduction, and increased flexibility are examples of: A) intangible benefits.

B) qualitative benefits.

C) tangible benefits.

D) legal and contractual benefits.

E) profitable benefits.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A tangible benefit is derived from the creation of an information system that can be measured in dollars and with certainty. Cost reduction and avoidance, error reduction, and increased flexibility are examples of tangible benefits.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept 69) A savings of $5,000 resulting from data entry error reductions would most likely be classified as a(n): A) intangible benefit.

B) qualitative benefit.

C) tangible benefit.

D) operational benefit.

E) profitable benefit.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A tangible benefit is derived from the creation of an information system that can be measured in dollars and with certainty. A savings of $5,000 resulting from a data entry error reduction would be an example of a tangible benefit.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application 70) A benefit derived from the creation of an information system that can be measured in dollars and with certainty is a(n): A) intangible benefit.

B) qualitative benefit.

C) tangible benefit.

D) operational benefit.

E) profitable benefit.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A tangible benefit is derived from the creation of an information system that can be measured in dollars and with certainty.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

71) The reduction of waste creation is an example of a(n): A) intangible benefit.

B) qualitative benefit.

C) tangible benefit.

D) operational benefit.

E) profitable benefit.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Intangible benefits refer to items that cannot be easily measured in dollars or with certainty.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application 72) A cost associated with an information system that can be measured in dollars and with certainty best describes: A) economic cost.

B) tangible cost.

C) intangible cost.

D) one-time cost.

E) measurable cost.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A tangible benefit is derived from the creation of an information system that can be measured in dollars and with certainty.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept 73) Which of the following would be classified as a tangible cost?

A) Loss of customer goodwill B) Cost of hardware C) Employee morale D) Operational inefficiency E) Not all customers use the Internet.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A tangible benefit is derived from the creation of an information system that can be measured in dollars and with certainty. Because the cost of hardware is measurable, it is considered a tangible cost.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application

19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

74) Which of the following would be classified as an intangible cost?

A) Hardware costs B) Labor costs C) Employee morale D) Operational costs E) Internet service setup fee Answer: C Explanation: C) Intangible benefits refer to items that cannot be easily measured in dollars or with certainty. Employee morale is an example of a cost that is not easily measured.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application 75) A cost associated with project start-up refers to a(n): A) recurring cost.

B) one-time cost.

C) incremental cost.

D) infrequent cost.

E) consumable cost.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Costs associated with a project start-up is an example of a one-time cost. These generally include costs associated with project initiation and development and the start-up of the system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 76) A cost associated with an information system that cannot be easily measured in terms of dollars or with certainty refers to a(n): A) economic cost.

B) tangible cost.

C) intangible cost.

D) one-time cost.

E) nonconsumable cost.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Intangible benefits refer to items that cannot be easily measured in dollars or with certainty.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application

20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

77) A cost resulting from the ongoing evolution and use of a system best defines a(n): A) recurring cost.

B) one-time cost.

C) incremental cost.

D) frequent cost.

E) variable cost.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A recurring cost refers to a cost resulting from the ongoing evolution and use of the system. Examples include application software maintenance, incremental data storage expenses, and new software and hardware leases.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application 78) Application software maintenance, new software and hardware leases, and incremental communications are examples of: A) recurring costs.

B) one-time costs.

C) incremental costs.

D) frequent costs.

E) consumable costs.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A recurring cost refers to a cost resulting from the ongoing evolution and use of the system.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application 79) The concept of comparing present cash outlays to future expected returns best defines: A) cost/benefit analysis.

B) internal rate of return.

C) time value of money.

D) investment return analysis.

E) monetary futures analysis.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Because most information systems have a useful life of more than one year and will provide benefits and incur expenses for more than one year, most techniques for analyzing economic feasibility employ the concept of the time value of money (TVM).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

80) The interest rate used to compute the present value of future cash flows refers to: A) discount rate.

B) investment rate.

C) transfer rate.

D) future cash flow rate.

E) valuation rate.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The interest rate (n in the example) at which money can be borrowed or invested, the cost of capital, is called the discount rate for TVM calculations. For example, PVn = Y * 1/ (1 + i)n CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 81) The current value of a future cash flow is referred to as: A) future value.

B) present value.

C) investment value.

D) discount rate.

E) cash flow rate.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Present value, the current value of a future cash flow, is shown as PVn in the formula: PVn = Y * 1/ (1 + i)n CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 82) The analysis technique that uses a discount rate determined from the company's cost of capital to establish the present value of a project is commonly called: A) return on investment (ROI).

B) break-even analysis (BEA).

C) net present value (NPV).

D) future value (FV).

E) currency rate analysis (CRA).

Answer: C Explanation: C) NPV uses a discount rate determined from the company's cost of capital to establish the present value of a project. The discount rate is used to determine the present value of both cash receipts and outlays.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

83) The ratio of the net cash receipts of the project divided by the cash outlays of the project, enabling trade-off analysis to be made between competing projects, is often referred to as: A) return on investment (ROI).

B) break-even analysis (BEA).

C) net present value (NPV).

D) future value (FV).

E) currency rate analysis (CRA).

Answer: A Explanation: A) The return on investment (ROI) is a commonly used cost-benefit analyses technique that is based on the ratio of net cash receipts of the project divided by the cash outlays.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 84) The analysis technique that finds the amount of time required for the cumulative cash flow from a project to equal its initial and ongoing investment is referred to as: A) return on investment (ROI).

B) break-even analysis (BEA).

C) net present value (NPV).

D) future value (FV).

E) currency rate analysis (CRA).

Answer: B Explanation: B) Break-Even Ratio = (Yearly NPV Cash Flow - Overall NPV Cash Flow) / (Yearly NPV Cash) Flow CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept 85) To gain an understanding of the organization's ability to construct the proposed system is the goal of: A) operational feasibility.

B) schedule feasibility.

C) technical feasibility.

D) political feasibility.

E) construction feasibility.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Technical feasibility includes the process of assessing the development organization's ability to construct a proposed system. The goal of technical feasibility is to understand the development organizations ability to construct the proposed system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

86) An assessment of the development group's understanding of the possible target hardware, software, and operating environments, system size, complexity, and the group's experience with similar systems should be included as part of: A) technical feasibility.

B) political feasibility.

C) operational feasibility.

D) schedule feasibility.

E) construction feasibility.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The goal of technical feasibility is to understand the development organizations ability to construct the proposed system. This analysis should include an assessment of the development group's understanding of the possible target hardware, software, and operating environments to be used, as well as system size, complexity, and the group's experience with similar systems.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 87) A document prepared for the customer during project initiation and planning that describes what the project will deliver and outlines generally at a high level all work required to complete the project is the: A) Information Systems Plan.

B) Project Scope Statement.

C) Mission Statement.

D) Baseline Project Plan.

E) Systems Service Request.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A project scope statement is a short document prepared primarily for the customer to clearly describe what the project will deliver and outline, generally at a high level, all the work required for completing the project. The project scope statement ensures that both you and your customer gain a common understanding of the project size, duration, and outcomes.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

88) A peer-group review of any product created during the systems development process is called a: A) baseline project plan.

B) structured workflow.

C) structured walkthrough.

D) statement of work.

E) none of the above.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Walkthroughs, also called structured walkthroughs, are peer-group reviews of any product created during the systems development process.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 89) All of the following might attend a structured walkthrough meeting EXCEPT: A) CEO. B) Standards Bearer.

C) User.

D) Maintenance Oracle.

E) Presenter.

Answer: A Explanation: A) It would be very uncommon for a CEO to be part of a structured walkthrough meeting. Others not listed involved in a structured walkthrough include a coordinator, presenter, and secretary.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 90) Briefly discuss the three primary project identification and selection phase activities.

Answer: The three primary activities are identifying potential development projects, classifying and ranking IS development projects, and selecting IS development projects. During the first activity, projects can be identified by a variety of sources. A key member of top management, a steering committee, user departments, and the development group are possible sources.

Classifying and ranking IS development projects, the second major activity, focuses on assessing the relative merit of potential projects. Various criteria (value chain analysis, strategic alignment, potential benefits, resource availability, project size/duration, and technical difficulty/risks) can be used to evaluate the projects. The last activity, selecting IS development projects, is the actual selection of projects for further development. Consideration is given to both short- and long-term projects. Projects most likely to achieve business objectives are selected. Numerous factors (perceived organizational needs, existing systems and ongoing projects, resource availability, evaluation criteria, current business conditions, and decision maker perceptions) impact the selection process. Acceptance, rejection, and conditional acceptance are possible outcomes for this activity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Synthesis 25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

91) Briefly identify and define the six major categories of feasibility.

Answer: The six feasibility categories are economic, technical, operational, schedule, legal and contractual, and political. The specifics of a particular project will determine the emphasis placed on each of the feasibility criteria. Economic feasibility seeks to identify the financial benefits and costs associated with the project. Technical feasibility seeks to determine if the organization is capable of developing the new system. Operational feasibility examines the degree of likelihood that the candidate system will be able to solve the business problem or take advantage of opportunities. Schedule feasibility examines the likelihood that all potential time frame and completion date schedules can be met. Legal and contractual feasibility tries to assess the potential legal ramifications due to the construction of the new system. Determining stakeholder's views of the candidate system is the intent of political feasibility.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Synthesis 92) Briefly identify three commonly used economic cost-benefit analysis techniques.

Answer: Break-even analysis (BEA) is the process of finding the amount of time required for the cumulative cash flow from a project to equal its initial and ongoing investment. Net present value (NPV) uses a discount rate determined from the company's cost of capital to establish the present value of a project. Return on investment (ROI) is the ratio of the net cash receipts of the project divided by the cash outlays of the project. A trade-off analysis can be made among competing projects.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Synthesis 93) What is a Project Scope Statement? What is a Baseline Project Plan? How are they different?

Answer: The baseline project plan reflects the best estimate of the project's scope, benefits, costs, risks, and resource requirements. It also specifies detailed project activities for the following phase and more general specifications for the remaining phases. Using the baseline project plan, the project selection committee can determine the project's worth-accept, reject, or modify. The project scope statement is a document that describes what the project will deliver and outlines generally at a high level all work required to complete the project. The project scope statement consists of a high-level summary of the BPP. While the actual role of the project scope statement can vary, the analyst and the customer can use the project scope statement to gain an understanding of the project.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Synthesis

26 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

94) Define walkthrough and describe the role of each participant.

Answer: A walkthrough is a peer group review of any product created during the systems development process. During the review, users, management, and the development group participate through various roles. These roles are coordinator, presenter, user, secretary, standard-bearer, and maintenance oracle. The coordinator is the person who plans the meeting and facilitates discussions. The presenter is the individual who describes the work product to the group. Ensuring that the work product meets the needs of the project's customers is the role fulfilled by the user. The person taking notes and recording decisions or recommendations made by the group is the secretary. The standard-bearer role is to ensure that the work product adheres to organizational technical standards. The maintenance oracle is the individual who reviews the work product in terms of future maintenance activities.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Synthesis

27 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Chapter 5 Determining System Requirements 1) The two parts to systems analysis are determining requirements and structuring requirements.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Although there are two parts to analysis (requirements determination and requirements structuring), they should be considered parallel and repetitive.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 2) During requirements determination, information can be gathered from users of the current system, forms, reports, and procedures.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Traditional requirements determination data collection includes interviewing, observing users in their work environment, and collecting procedures and other written documents.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 3) Information refinement means taking the system requirements you find during requirements determination and ordering them into tables, diagrams, and other formats that make them easier to translate into technical system specifications.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Structuring, not information refinement means taking the systems requirements you find during requirements determination and format for later translation into technical systems specifications.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 4) Assuming anything is possible and eliminating the infeasible describes the reframing characteristic that a systems analyst should exhibit during the requirements determination phase.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The characteristic relaxing of constraints not the reframing characteristic, assumes anything is possible and eliminating the infeasible.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) Finding the best solution to a business problem or opportunity describes the attention to details characteristic that a systems analyst should exhibit during the requirements determination phase.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Impartiality, not attention to details addresses the role of identifying the best solution to a business problem or opportunity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application 6) Challenging yourself to look at the organization in new ways describes the impertinence characteristic that a systems analyst should exhibit during the requirements determination phase.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Reframing, not impertinence, includes challenging yourself to look at the organization in new ways.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 7) Meeting notes, procedure manuals, and consultant reports are specific deliverables that might be obtained during the requirements determination process.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The primary deliverables from requirements determination are the types of information gathered during the determination process. The information can take many forms: transcripts of interviews; notes from observation and analysis of documents; sets of forms, reports, job descriptions, and other documents; and computer-generated output such as system prototypes.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 8) Requirements creep is a term used to describe a project that has become bogged down in an abundance of analysis work.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The term analysis paralysis, not requirements creep, has been coined to describe a project that has become bogged down in an abundance of analysis work.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) Joint application design and prototyping can help keep the analysis effort at a minimum yet still effective.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The primary purpose of using JAD in the analysis phase is to collect systems requirements simultaneously from the key people involved with the system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 10) Collection of information is at the core of systems analysis.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: You must collect information about the information systems that are currently in use. You need to find out how users would like to improve the current systems and organizational operations with new or replacement information systems. This is core to systems analysis.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 11) Contrary to popular belief, interviewing is not one of the primary ways analysts gather information about an information systems project.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Interviewing is one of the primary ways analysts gather information about an information systems project.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 12) In order to promote more truthful responses, the general nature of the interview should not be explained to the interviewee in advance.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Best practices recommend preparing interviewee by making an appointment and explaining the purpose of the interview.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 13) Neutrality is a guideline for effective interviewing.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Be neutral, don't ask leading questions.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

14) As a general guideline, you should prepare an agenda with approximate time limits for different sections of the interview.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: As part of the meeting preparations, prepare a checklist, an agenda, questions, and schedule.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 15) Open-ended questions are usually used to probe for information when you cannot anticipate all possible responses or when you do not know the precise question to ask.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Open-ended questions are questions used in interviews and on questionnaires that have no prespecified answers.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 16) Open-ended questions can put interviewees at ease because they can respond in their own words using their own structure.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Open-ended questions can put the interviewees at ease in part, because interviewees are more involved and have more control.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 17) Open-ended questions put the interviewee at ease, are easily summarized, and save time.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: While open-ended question tend to put the interviewee at ease, this data is not easily summarized and take additional time to interpret.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 18) Closed-ended questions work well when the major answers to the questions are known.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Closed-ended questions are questions in interviews and on questionnaires that ask those responding to choose from a set of specified responses.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

19) A major disadvantage of closed-ended questions is that useful information that does not quite fit the defined answers may be overlooked as the respondent tries to make a choice instead of providing his or her best answer.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Closed-ended questions are questions in interviews and on questionnaires that ask those responding to choose from a set of specified responses. One disadvantage is these specified responses do not always fit.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 20) Multiple choice, rating, and ranking are types of closed-ended questions.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Multiple choice, rating, and ranking are all examples of specified responses and are classified as closed-ended questions.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 21) You should use the interview process to set expectations about the new or replacement system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Be careful during the interview not to set expectations about the new or replacement system unless you are sure these features will be part of the delivered system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 22) Since observations are unbiased, they are preferable to other requirements determination techniques.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Although observations are a data collection technique, they are still not considered unbiased, and rely on some elements of subjectivity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 23) While being observed, employees may follow exact procedures more carefully than they typically do.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Employees who know they are being observed may be nervous and follow procedures more closely knowing they are being watched.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) In documents you can find information about the values of the organization or individuals who can help determine priorities for different capabilities desired by different users.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Values of the organization or individuals who can help determine priorities for different capabilities desired by different users (e.g., maintaining market share even if it means lower short-term profits).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 25) In documents you can find information about special information processing circumstances that occur irregularly.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Special information processing circumstances, for instance, may include, special handling is needed for a few large-volume customers who require use of customized customer ordering procedures.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 26) When performing observations, it is best to select typical people and sites as opposed to atypical people and sites.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: You want to pick both typical and atypical people and sites and observe during normal and abnormal conditions and times to receive the richest possible data from observation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 27) As a systems analyst, it is part of your job to create a document for a missing work procedure.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Another problem you may encounter is a missing procedure. However, it is not your job to create a document for a missing procedure–that is up to management.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 28) If you encounter contradictory information about procedures from interviews, questionnaires, or observations, you should reconcile the contradictions before proceeding to other analysis tasks.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: At this stage, the focus needs to be on data collection, and not data analyses and interpretation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) Informal systems develop because of inadequacies of formal procedures, individual work habits and preferences, and resistance to control.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A formal system is one an organization has documented, while an informal system is the way in which the organization actually works.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 30) The most useful forms do not contain data.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The most useful forms contain actual organizational data that allow you to determine the data characteristics actually used by the application.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 31) When gathering system requirements, document analysis and observation are used the least.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Analysis of organizational documents and observation, along with interviewing and distributing questionnaires, are the methods used most for gathering system requirements.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 32) When comparing observations and document analysis, the expense of observations is rated moderate.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The expense of observations can be high, while the cost of document analysis is considered low to moderate.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application 33) When comparing observations and document analysis, the chances for follow-up and probing with document analysis are rated high to excellent.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: For follow-up, observation opportunities are considered good, while follow-up for document analysis is limited.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

34) When comparing observations and document analysis, the time required for document analysis is rated as low to moderate.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: While the time required for observation can be extensive, the time required for document analysis is low to moderate.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application 35) The primary purpose of using JAD in the analysis phase is to collect systems requirements simultaneously from the key people involved with the system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Having all the key people together in one place at one time allows analysts to see the areas of agreement and the areas of conflict.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 36) A JAD is an inexpensive, popular requirements determination technique.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A JAD employs thousands of dollars of corporate resources, the most expensive of which is the time of the people involved.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 37) Referencing a JAD session, the sponsor is the individual responsible for organizing and running a JAD session.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The session leader, not the sponsor, is the trained individual who plans and leads joint application design sessions.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 38) In general, JADs benefit greatly from computer support.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Although computers may be used to create and display form or report designs or to diagram existing or replacement systems, it is not considered a JAD benefit.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

39) The goal with using prototyping to support requirements determination is to build the ultimate system from prototyping.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The goal with using prototyping to support requirements determination is to develop concrete specifications for the ultimate system, not to build the ultimate system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 40) The prototyping process usually includes formal documentation of system requirements.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: There is a tendency to avoid creating formal documentation of system requirements, which can then make the system more difficult to develop into a fully working system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 41) Rapid process redesign is the search for, and implementation of, radical change in business processes to achieve breakthrough improvements in products and services.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Business process reengineering, not rapid process redesign is the search for, and implementation of, radical change in business processes.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept 42) The idea behind BPR is to reorganize the complete flow of data in major sections of an organization to eliminate unnecessary steps, achieve synergies among previously separate steps, and become more responsive to future changes.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The overall process by which current methods are replaced with radically new methods is referred to as business process reengineering (BPR).

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept 43) A first step in any BPR effort is to understand what processes need to change.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A first step in any BPR effort is to understand what processes need to change, what the key business processes are for the organization.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept

9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

44) BPR efforts often result in the development of information system maintenance requests or requests for system replacement.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Changing the way work is performed also changes the way information is shared and stored, which means that the results of many BPR efforts are the development of information system maintenance requests, or requests for system replacement.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept 45) Key business processes are the structured, measured set of activities designed to produce a specific output for a particular customer or market.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The important aspect of this definition is that key processes are focused on some type of organizational outcome such as the creation of a product or the delivery of a service.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept 46) Key business processes are customer focused.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In other words, key business processes would include all activities used to design, build, deliver, support, and service a particular product for a particular customer.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept 47) In terms of BPR, activities deemed important, changeable, and dysfunctional are primary candidates for alteration.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: To identify dysfunctional activities in the context of BPR, look for activities that involve excessive information exchanges between individuals or information that is redundantly recorded.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept 48) Disruptive technologies enable the breaking of long-held business rules that inhibit organizations from making radical business changes.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For example, Toyota is using production schedule databases and electronic data interchange (EDI) to link their computers directly to suppliers to interact like a single organization.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

49) Induction refers to the process of first identifying problems and then formulating solutions.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The induction approach is contrary to deductive thinking, in which problems are first identified and solutions then formulated.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 50) Decision support tools aiding nonmanagers is an example of a disruptive technology.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Decision support tools are an example of a disruptive technology when you consider a rule that managers must make all decisions.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application 51) Which of the following is a subphase of analysis?

A) Project identification B) Project planning C) Requirements determination D) Database design E) Human interface design Answer: C Explanation: C) Requirements determination and requirements structuring are both elements of the analysis phase of SDLC. CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 52) Analysts gathering information from as many sources as possible about what the new system should do is indicative of: A) requirements determination.

B) requirements structuring.

C) alternative generation and selection.

D) project identification and selection.

E) project initiation and planning.

Answer: A Explanation: A) During requirements determination, you and other analysts gather information on what the system should do from as many sources as possible. Such sources include users of the current system, reports, forms, and procedures .

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

53) The impertinence characteristic of a good systems analyst is represented by which of the following statements?

A) You must challenge yourself to look at the organization in new ways.

B) You should question everything.

C) Assume anything is possible, and eliminate the infeasible.

D) Your role is to find the best solution to a business problem.

E) Every fact must fit with every other fact.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Ask such questions as, "Are all transactions processed the same way?" "Could anyone be charged something other than the standard price?" "Might we someday want to allow and encourage employees to work for more than one department?"

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application 54) The impartiality characteristic of a good systems analyst is represented by which of the following statements?

A) You must challenge yourself to look at the organization in new ways.

B) Your role is to find the best solution to a business problem or opportunity.

C) Assume anything is possible, and eliminate the infeasible.

D) You should question everything.

E) Every fact must fit with every other fact.

Answer: B Explanation: B) You must consider issues raised by all parties and try to find the best organizational solution.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application 55) Assuming anything is possible and eliminating the infeasible best describes: A) the impertinence characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

B) the impartiality characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

C) the relaxing of constraints characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

D) the attention to details characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

E) the reframing characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Although traditions probably started for a good reason, but as the organization and its environment change, they may turn into habits rather than sensible procedures.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

56) Questioning everything best describes: A) the impertinence characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

B) the impartiality characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

C) the relaxing of constraints characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

D) the attention to details characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

E) the reframing characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Ask such questions as, "Are all transactions processed the same way?" "Could anyone be charged something other than the standard price?" "Might we someday want to allow and encourage employees to work for more than one department?"

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 57) Ensuring that every fact fits with every other fact best describes: A) the impertinence characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

B) the impartiality characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

C) the relaxing of constraints characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

D) the attention to details characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

E) the reframing characteristic a systems analyst needs during requirements determination.

Answer: D Explanation: D) One element out of place means that the ultimate system will fail at some time.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 58) The reframing characteristic of a good systems analyst is represented by which of the following statements?

A) You must challenge yourself to look at the organization in new ways.

B) Every fact must fit with every other fact.

C) Assume anything is possible, and eliminate the infeasible.

D) You should question everything.

E) Your role is to find the best solution to a business problem.

Answer: A Explanation: A) An example of a reframing characteristic is to consider how each user views his or her requirements. This allows you to examine the problem from a variety of perspectives.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

59) The primary deliverables from requirements determination include: A) a completed prototype.

B) a completed system.

C) a final systems design document.

D) a draft systems design document.

E) identifying a steering committee.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The primary deliverables from requirements determination are the types of information gathered during the determination process.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 60) Which of the following are organizational components that a systems analyst needs to understand?

A) Non-key events affecting data values (not including dates) B) Policies and guidelines that are not related to the nature of the business C) The sequence and other dependencies among different data-handling activities D) The data handled by competitors E) Departmental Politics Answer: C Explanation: C) In short, anything that the analysis team collects as part of determining system requirements is included in these deliverables.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 61) The purpose of requirements structuring is to: A) enable the analysts to gather information on what the system should do from as many sources as possible.

B) enable the analysts to develop a baseline project plan quickly.

C) enable the large amount of information gathered during requirements determination to be organized.

D) enable the analysts to identify several feasible alternatives.

E) collect information about the information systems that are currently in use.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The amount of information gathered during requirements determination is often very large, especially if the scope of the system under development is broad. Requirements structuring provides a basis for organization of the information.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

62) The term that refers to systems development projects bogged down in an abundance of analysis work is: A) information overload.

B) analysis paralysis.

C) analysis overload.

D) information abundance.

E) disruptive analysis.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Too much analysis is not productive, and the term analysis paralysis has been coined to describe a project that has become slowed down because of too much analysis.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 63) Techniques developed to keep the analysis effort minimal, yet still effective include: A) JAD. B) interviewing.

C) observations.

D) document analysis.

E) questionnaires.

Answer: A Explanation: A) JAD can support effective information collection and structuring while reducing the amount of time required for analysis.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 64) Traditional methods of collecting systems requirements include: A) interviews.

B) agile methodologies.

C) joint application design.

D) rapid application development.

E) prototyping.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Interviews, questionnaires, observation, and document analysis are all considered traditional methods for determining a system's requirements.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

65) Which of the following is a traditional method of collecting systems requirements?

A) Business process reengineering B) Observations C) Joint application design D) Rapid application development E) Prototyping Answer: B Explanation: B) Interviews, questionnaires, observation, and document analysis are all considered traditional methods for determining a system's requirements.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 66) Questions in interviews and on questionnaires that have no pre-specified answers are: A) nonspecific questions.

B) closed-ended questions.

C) open-ended questions.

D) investigative questions.

E) exploratory questions.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Open-ended questions are usually used to probe for information when you cannot anticipate all possible responses or when you do not know the precise question to ask.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 67) One advantage of open-ended questions in an interview is: A) a significant amount of time can be devoted to each interviewee.

B) the interviewee is restricted to providing just a few answers.

C) previously unknown information can result.

D) they work well when the answers to the questions are well known.

E) they are not biased.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Open-ended questions are usually used to probe for information when you cannot anticipate all possible responses. Finding unexpected or previously unknown information is a potential benefit of using open-ended question.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

68) Which of the following can be considered an advantage of open-ended questions?

A) The interviewer cannot explore unexpected lines of inquiry.

B) Open-ended questions often make the interviewee scared.

C) The interviewee has a sense of involvement and control in the interview.

D) Interviewees can respond by selecting true or false.

E) Data cannot be collected over the phone.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The person being interviewed is encouraged to talk about whatever interests him or her within the general bounds of the question which provides added involvement.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 69) Questions in interviews and on questionnaires asking those responding to choose from a set of specified responses are: A) specific questions.

B) closed-ended questions.

C) open-ended questions.

D) structured questions.

E) stratified questions.

Answer: B Explanation: B) True/false, multiple choice, and rankings are all considered closed-ended questions.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 70) Which of the following can be considered an advantage of closed-ended questions?

A) The interviewer can explore unexpected lines of inquiry.

B) Closed-ended questions work well when the major answers to the questions are well known.

C) The interviewee has a sense of involvement and control in the interview.

D) Closed-ended questions often put the interviewee at ease.

E) Previously unknown information may surface.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Another plus is that interviews based on closed-ended questions do not necessarily require a large time commitment when the major answers to questions are known.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

71) Which of the following is an advantage of closed-ended questions?

A) Interviews based on closed-ended questions do not necessarily require a large time commitment, so more topics can be covered.

B) Closed-ended questions enable the analysts to explore information that does not quite fit defined answers.

C) The analyst can obtain previously unknown information.

D) Closed-ended questions often put the interviewee at ease.

E) The interviewee has a sense of involvement and control in the interview.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Individuals responding to closed-end questions can generally move through this type of questioning much faster than open-ended questions.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 72) Rating a response or idea on some scale, say from strongly agree to strongly disagree, would be classified as a(n): A) open-ended question.

B) stratified question.

C) closed-ended question.

D) contemporary question.

E) structured question.

Answer: C Explanation: C) This type of closed-ended question is often considered a ranking. For instance, a five might represent strongly agree and one indicates strongly disagree.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application 73) Good interview guidelines consist of: A) phrasing the question to illicit the correct response.

B) typing your notes within two weeks of the interview.

C) establishing expectation levels about the new system.

D) seeking a variety of perspectives from the interviews.

E) using as much time as you need.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Seeking a variety of perspectives from the interviews allows the investigator to triangulate the information and will likely avoid costly mistakes.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

74) Which of the following is a reason for directly observing end users?

A) The analyst gets a snapshot image of the person or task being observed.

B) Observations are not very time consuming.

C) People often do not have a completely accurate appreciation of what they do or how they do it.

D) Employees will alter their performance if they know that they are being observed.

E) Interviewing is less rich, passive, and often provides ambiguous data.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Sometimes observations can identify nuances that would not be identified during an interview.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 75) The analysis of documents can help you identify: A) problems with unknown systems.

B) special information processing circumstances that occur frequently.

C) the reason why current systems are designed the way they are.

D) the organizational stock price.

E) the steering committee.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Sometimes better understanding why current systems are designed the way they are can provide useful information when determining system improvements.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 76) A written work procedure: A) indicates the job an analyst will need to perform on a given project.

B) describes how a particular job or task is performed.

C) indicates what data flow in or out of a system and which are necessary for the system to function.

D) enables you to work backwards from the information on a report to the data that must have been necessary to generate it.

E) determines if the information makes sense for the organization from an economic and operational standpoint.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A written work procedure specifically includes data and information that are used and created in the process of performing the job.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

77) If your analysis of several written procedures reveals a duplication of effort in two jobs, you should: A) indicate that one job be deleted from the new system.

B) call the duplication to the attention of management as an issue to be resolved before system design can proceed.

C) justify the duplication of effort.

D) restructure the tasks so that the duplication is removed.

E) not mention the duplication of effort to management.

Answer: B Explanation: B) In some cases such as duplication, it may be necessary to redesign the organization before the redesign of an information system can achieve its full benefits.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Application 78) The official way a system works as described in organizational documentation is referred to as a(n): A) formal system.

B) informal system.

C) official system.

D) desired system.

E) primary system.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A formal system is one an organization has documented.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 79) The way a system actually works is referred to as a(n): A) unofficial system.

B) informal system.

C) actual system.

D) formal system.

E) secondary system.

Answer: B Explanation: B) An informal system is the way in which the organization actually works and is often NOT formally documented.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

80) Forms are important for understanding a business because they: A) indicate the correct sequencing of tasks.

B) describe how particular tasks are performed.

C) indicate what data flow in or out of a system and which are necessary for the system to function.

D) enable you to work backwards from the information on a report to the necessary data that must have been necessary to generate them.

E) identify duplicate efforts within a system.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Forms are used for all types of business functions, from recording an order to acknowledging the payment of a bill to indicating what goods have been shipped. Analyzing these forms provides a glimpse of data flow.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 81) Forms are most useful: A) when they do not contain any data.

B) during the initial planning stages.

C) when they contain actual organizational data.

D) during the design stage.

E) during the requirements structuring stage.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The most useful forms contain actual organizational data that allow you to determine the data characteristics actually used by the application.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 82) A report: A) indicates the inputs required for the new system.

B) describes how a particular job or task is performed, including data and information that are used and created in the process of performing the job.

C) indicates what data flow in or out of a system and which are necessary for the system to function.

D) enables you to work backward from the information on the document and identify the data that must have been necessary to generate it.

E) does none of the above.

Answer: D Explanation: D) As the primary output for some types of systems, a report enables you to work backward from the information on the report to the data that must have been necessary to generate it.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

83) When reviewing job procedures, you may find: A) data definition conflicts.

B) duplicate CEOs. C) data manipulation conflicts.

D) a contradiction between a formal procedure and interview or observation results.

E) competitors mission statements.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Contradictions may be related to missing procedures, out of date procedures, and/or duplicate procedures.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 84) Which of the following is a modern method for collecting system requirements?

A) Interviewing B) Questionnaires C) Observations D) Joint application design E) Document analysis Answer: D Explanation: D) The traditional methods for collecting system requirements are interviews, observations, and document analysis.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 85) Which of the following is a true statement regarding JAD? A) A working system is the end result of a JAD. B) JAD sessions are usually conducted in the organization's conference room.

C) The primary purpose of using JAD in the analysis phase is to collect systems requirements simultaneously from the key people involved with the system.

D) A JAD session is inexpensive to conduct.

E) JADs benefit greatly from computer support.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Having all the key people together in one place at one time allows analysts to see the areas of agreement and the areas of conflict.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

86) When comparing observations and document analysis: A) the time required to conduct observations compared to document analysis is low.

B) the expense of the observation method is quite low.

C) the potential audience of the observation method is limited.

D) a clear commitment is discernible.

E) the chances of probing and clarification are good with document analysis.

Answer: C Explanation: C) As for document analysis, the audience can be potentially biased by which documents were kept.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 87) The typical participants in a JAD include: A) the CEO. B) a city official.

C) a systems analyst.

D) a customer.

E) academic faculty.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Analysts are there to learn from users and managers, not to run or dominate the process.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 88) The trained individual who plans and leads joint application design sessions is referred to as the: A) scribe.

B) session leader.

C) manager.

D) analyst.

E) sponsor.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The session leader has been trained in group management and facilitation as well as in systems analysis.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

89) Which of the following JAD participants use the system in question and provide insight into new organizational directions?

A) Managers B) Sponsors C) Session leaders D) Users E) Scribes Answer: A Explanation: A) Managers also provide insight regarding organizational impacts of systems, and support for requirements determined during the JAD. CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 90) The person who makes detailed notes of the happenings at a joint application design session is referred to as the: A) JAD analyst.

B) scribe.

C) JAD manager.

D) JAD session leader.

E) JAD oracle.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Usually using a laptop, the scribe makes detailed notes of the happenings at a joint application design session.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 91) Drawbacks to prototyping include: A) a tendency to create formal documentation of systems requirements which can then make the system more difficult to develop into a fully working system.

B) using when requirements are not clear.

C) creating when tools and data are readily available.

D) checks in the SDLC are bypassed so that some more subtle, but still important, system requirements might be forgotten.

E) support from management.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Prototyping should not be a replacement for bypassing checks in the SDLC. This can lead to missing system requirements.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

92) Prototyping is most useful for requirements determination when: A) user requirements are well understood.

B) communication problems have existed in the past between users and analysts.

C) possible designs are simple and require an abstract form to fully evaluate.

D) multiple stakeholders are involved with the system.

E) data are not readily available.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Often, both parties want to be sure that system requirements are as specific as possible to avoid communication problems.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Concept 93) The search for, and implementation of, radical change in business processes to achieve breakthrough improvements in products and services best defines: A) joint application design.

B) rapid application development.

C) structured programming.

D) business process reengineering.

E) disruptive design.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The overall process by which current methods are replaced with radically new methods is referred to as business process reengineering (BPR).

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept 94) The structured, measured set of activities designed to produce a specific output for a particular customer or market best defines: A) formal systems.

B) key business processes.

C) secondary activities.

D) production systems.

E) primary processes.

Answer: B Explanation: B) In other words, key business processes would include all activities used to design, build, deliver, support, and service a particular product for a particular customer.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept

25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

95) Which of the following system requirement determination techniques can be applied to discovering and understanding key business processes?

A) JAD B) Tacit Knowledge C) Internal Processes D) Non-measurable data E) Internal Interpretation Answer: A Explanation: A) Key business processes are the structured set of measurable activities designed to produce a specific output for a particular customer or market.

CLLO: Discuss the role of information systems in supporting business processes Classification: Concept 96) Technologies that enable the breaking of long-held business rules that inhibit organizations from making radical business changes best defines: A) technology barrier breakers.

B) reengineered technologies.

C) disruptive technologies.

D) state-of-the-art technologies.

E) innovative technologies.

Answer: C Explanation: C) For example, Toyota is using production schedule databases and electronic data interchange (EDI) to link their computers directly to suppliers to interact like a single organization.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept 97) Which of the following technologies disrupted the business rule that information can appear only in one place at a time?

A) High-performance computing B) Distributed databases C) Expert systems D) Advanced telecommunications networks E) Decision support tools Answer: B Explanation: B) The advent of distributed databases, which allow business units to share a common database, has "disrupted" this long-held business belief.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application

26 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

98) Which of the following technologies disrupted the business rule of you having to find out where things are?

A) Distributed databases B) Expert systems C) Advanced telecommunications networks D) Automatic identification and tracking technology E) Interactive communications technologies Answer: D Explanation: D) Technologies like RFID are allowing businesses to automatically "find out where things are."

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Application 99) Disruptive technologies include: A) cash.

B) accounts receivable.

C) a calculator.

D) high-performance computing.

E) systems analysis.

Answer: D Explanation: D) High-performance computing can provide real-time updating that break the rule that plans get updated periodically.

CLLO: Explain how IS can be used to gain and sustain competitive advantage Classification: Concept 100) Briefly identify several characteristics for a good systems analyst to have during requirements determination.

Answer: Five characteristics that will come in handy during the requirements determination stage are impertinence, impartiality, relaxing constraints, attention to details, and reframing.

Impertinence questions everything. Impartiality describes your quest to find the best solution to a business problem or opportunity. Assuming anything is possible, and eliminating the infeasible defines the third characteristic, relaxing constraints. By making sure that every fact fits with every other fact, the analyst is paying attention to details. Since analysis is a creative process, the analyst should challenge himself to look at the organization in new ways. This characteristic is referred to as reframing.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 101) Briefly identify the traditional methods for determining requirements.

Answer: The traditional methods for collecting system requirements are interviews, observations, and document analysis.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

27 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

102) Briefly identify and describe the modern methods for determining requirements.

Answer: Prototyping and JAD are the two methods mentioned in the textbook. Prototyping is a repetitive process in which analysts and users build a rudimentary version of an information system based on user feedback. Joint application design is a structured process in which users, managers, and analysts work together for several days to specify or review system requirements.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 103) Briefly identify and discuss four types of documents that would be helpful in determining future system requirements.

Answer: Although any written document can provide insight into the future system requirements, four documents were specifically mentioned in the chapter. They are the written work procedure, business form, report, and current system documentation. The written work procedure describes how a particular job or task is performed and identifies the data and information requirements needed by the job. Business forms are important because they can demonstrate what data flow in or out of a system and which are necessary for the system to function. Reports are beneficial because they provide information about system output. The fourth type of documentation, current system documentation, refers to documents that describe the current information system. This type of documentation can provide insight concerning how the systems were built and how they work.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 104) Briefly identify and describe the participants of a JAD session.

Answer: A JAD session consists of a JAD session leader, users, managers, a sponsor, systems analysts, a scribe, and information systems staff. The JAD session leader is responsible for running the session. The scribe is the individual who takes notes during the session. Users are important because they understand the current system. Managers are needed to provide insight into new organizational directions, motivations, organizational impacts of systems, and support for requirements determined during the JAD. Since new systems cost money, high-level management support is demonstrated through the appearance of a system sponsor. Attendance by this individual is usually at the beginning or ending of the session. Systems analysts are present so they can learn from the users and managers. Information systems staff can contribute ideas to the process as well as learn from it.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

28 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Chapter 6 Structuring System Requirements: Process Modeling 1) A data-flow diagram (DFD) is a graphical tool that allows analysts to illustrate the flow of data in an information system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: One very useful thing about data-flow diagrams is that they easily allow the decomposition of business processes into subprocesses.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 2) Logic modeling graphically represents the processes that capture, manipulate, store, and distribute data between a system and its environment and among components within a system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Process modeling, not logic modeling involves graphically representing the processes, or actions, that capture, manipulate, store, and distribute data between a system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 3) Data-flow diagramming is one of several structured analysis techniques used to increase software development productivity.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Some organizations, such as EDS, have developed their own type of diagrams to model processes.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 4) Structured analysis techniques, such as data-flow diagramming, can help companies avoid misunderstanding how existing systems will have to work with the new system and incorrect specifications for necessary data, forms, and reports.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The DFD provides a data flow blueprint that allows analysts to identify potential conflicts with integrating a new system with an existing one.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 5) A primitive level data-flow diagram is the first deliverable produced during requirements structuring.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The first deliverable produced during requirements structuring is the context dataflow diagram, which shows the scope of the system, indicating which elements are inside and outside the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

6) Data-flow diagrams (DFD) illustrate important concepts about the movement of data.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: DFDs illustrate important concepts about the movement of data between manual and automated steps and are a way to depict workflow in an organization.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 7) Data-flow diagrams evolve from the more general to the more detailed as current and replacement systems are better understood.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because requirements determination and structuring are often parallel steps, dataflow diagrams evolve from the more general to the more detailed as current and replacement systems are better understood.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 8) A data flow represents data in motion, moving from one place in the system to another.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The name represents the aggregation of all the individual elements of data moving as part of one packet–that is, all the data moving together at the same time.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 9) On a data-flow diagram, a check and payment coupon mailed to the company is represented as a data store.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: On a DFD, payment and coupon always flow together and are input to the process at the same time.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 10) Data on a customer form could be represented on a data-flow diagram as a data flow.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A data flow is data that are in motion and moving as a unit from one place in a system to another. A data flow could represent data on a customer order form or a payroll check.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 11) Assume shipment data are entered into a logbook once shipments are received at the company's warehouse; the logbook is represented on a data-flow diagram as a sink.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The logbook would be represented as a data store as it is data at rest.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application

2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

12) Assume your local veterinarian records information about each of his patients on patient medical history forms; the collection of medical history forms is represented on a data-flow diagram as a data store.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The medical form would be an example of a data store because it represents data at rest.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 13) The calculation of a student's grade is represented on a data-flow diagram as a data flow.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The calculation of a student's grade would be represented as a process, where data is transformed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 14) The determination of which items are low in stock is represented on a data-flow diagram as a process.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A process is work or actions performed on the data such as determining which items are low in stock.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 15) Sources and sinks are internal to the system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A source/sink is the origin and/or destination of the data. Source/ sinks are sometimes referred to as external entities because they are outside the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 16) When constructing data-flow diagrams, you should show the interactions that occur between sources and sinks.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Because sources and sinks are outside the system we are studying, many of their characteristics and interactions are of no interest to us.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 17) The data a sink receives and often what data a source provides are fixed.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because sources and sinks are outside the system we are studying, they are considered fixed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

18) A Web site's customer is represented as a source on a data-flow diagram.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A customer is a source on a DFD, represented by a square, and considered outside the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 19) On a data-flow diagram, an arrow represents an action, such as calculating an employee's pay.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: On a data-flow diagram, an arrow represents a data flow, not an action. An action is considered a process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 20) On a data-flow diagram, a diamond represents a process.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A diamond is not part of a traditional data-flow diagram and a process is represented by a rounded rectangle.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 21) On a data-flow diagram, a rectangle with the right vertical line missing represents a data store.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This data store represents data at rest, which may take the form of many different physical representations.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 22) A context diagram shows the scope of the organizational system, system boundaries, external entities that interact with the system, and the major information flows between entities and the system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The boundary or scope of this system, and the system's relationship to its environment, is represented by a data-flow diagram called a context diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 23) Context diagrams have only one process labeled "P-1."

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The single process, labeled "0," represents the entire system; all context diagrams have only one process labeled "0."

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) No data stores appear on a context diagram.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because the data stores of the system are conceptually inside the one process, no data stores appear on a context diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 25) A level-0 diagram is a data-flow diagram that represents a system's major processes, data flows, and data stores at a high level of detail.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A level-0 diagram represents the primary individual processes in the system at the highest possible level of detail. Each process has a number that ends in ".0" (corresponding to the level number of the DFD).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 26) Assume Process 7.4 produces a data flow and that Process 7.2 must be ready to accept it; we would say that these processes are physically linked to each other.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: In this case, we would say the processes are coupled to each other.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 27) Assume we have placed a data store between Process 5.1 and Process 5.5; we would say that these processes are decoupled.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: These processes decoupled, likely from a buffer such as a data store.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 28) A data flow can go directly back to the same process it leaves.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: At least one other process must handle the data flow, produce some other data flow, and return the original data flow to the beginning process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 29) A fork in a data flow means that exactly the same data go from a common location to two or more different processes, data stores, or sources/sinks.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A fork in a data flow means that exactly the same data go from a common location to two or more different processes, data stores, or sources/sinks (it usually indicates different copies of the same data going to different locations).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) Data cannot move directly from a source to a sink.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Data must be moved by a process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 31) A data flow to a data store means update.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A data flow has only one direction of flow between symbols. It may flow in both directions between a process and a data store to show a read before an update. The latter is usually indicated, however, by two separate arrows because the read and update usually happen at different times.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 32) More than one data flow noun phrase can appear on a single arrow as long as all of the flows on the same arrow move together as one package.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A data flow has a noun-phrase label. More than one dataflow noun phrase can appear on a single arrow as long as all of the flows on the same arrow move together as one package.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 33) A process has a verb label.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because a process indicates actions, it contains a verb label.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 34) Double-ended arrows are used to represent data flowing in both directions.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Although data may flow in both directions, it is usually indicated by two separate arrows.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 35) To keep a data-flow diagram uncluttered, you may repeat data stores, sinks/sources, and processes.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: While you may repeat data stores, sinks and sources, there is no reason to have two processes with the same name.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

36) Because a data flow name represents a specific set of data, another data flow that has even one more or one less piece of data must be given a different, unique name.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: It is a mistake to reuse the same data-flow name when two packets of data are almost the same but not identical.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 37) Functional decomposition is a repetitive process of breaking the description or perspective of a system down into finer and finer detail.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This process creates a set of hierarchically related charts in which one process on a given chart is explained in greater detail on another chart.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 38) The lowest-level data-flow diagrams are called level-0 diagrams.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The lowest-level data-flow diagrams are called primitive DFDs. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 39) The decomposition of Process 1.1 would be shown on a level-1 diagram.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The decomposition of Process 1.1 would be shown on a level-2 diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 40) The decomposition of Process 2.4.3.4 would be shown on a level-4 diagram.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The decomposition of Process 2.4.3.4 would be shown on a level-3 diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 41) As a rule of thumb, no data-flow diagram should have more than about seven processes on it.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Having more than seven processes would tend to make the diagram too crowded and difficult to understand.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

42) Coupling is the conservation of inputs and outputs to a data-flow diagram process when that process is decomposed to a lower level.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Balancing, not coupling is the conservation of inputs and outputs to a data-flow diagram process when that process is decomposed to a lower level.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 43) A composite data flow on one level can be split into component data flows at the next level, but no new data can be added and all data in the composite must be accounted for in one or more subflows.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Composite data flow is considered one of the advance rules governing data flow diagramming.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 44) Completeness, consistency, timing, iterative development, and primitive DFDs are guidelines for drawing DFDs. Answer: TRUE Explanation: This list represents additional guidelines for drawing DFDs that extend beyond the simple mechanics of drawing diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 45) DFD cohesion means your DFDs include all of the necessary components for the system you are modeling.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: DFD completeness, not cohesion means your DFDs include all necessary components.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 46) A data flow repository entry would include the composition or list of data elements contained in the data flow.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Entries for all of the objects in all diagrams are included in the repository.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 47) A gross violation of DFD consistency would be a level-1 diagram with no level-0 diagram.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A level-0 diagram is necessary to establish the foundation for creating a level-2 diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

48) One of the primary purposes of a DFD is to represent time, giving a good indication of whether data flows occur constantly in real time, once a day, or once a year.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: DFDs do not do a good job of representing time. A given DFD provides no indication of whether a data flow occurs constantly in real time, once per week, or once per year.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 49) Structured analysis is the process of discovering discrepancies between two or more sets of data-flow diagrams or discrepancies within a single DFD. Answer: FALSE Explanation: In gap analysis, the analyst's role is to discover discrepancies between two or more sets of data-flow diagrams or discrepancies within a single DFD. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 50) To date, data-flow diagrams have not been useful tools for modeling processes in business process reengineering.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The text provides several examples how DFDs have been useful for modeling processes in business process reengineering (i.e., IBM Credit Corporation example) where companies have successfully reengineered its primary business processes.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 51) Data-flow diagrams allow you to: A) show the timing of data flows.

B) model how data flow through an information system.

C) demonstrate the sequencing of activities.

D) show the relationship among entities.

E) represent the internal structure and functionality of processes.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A data-flow diagram is a graphic that illustrates the movement of data between external entities and the processes and data stores within a system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

52) Since data-flow diagrams concentrate on the movement of data between processes, these diagrams are often referred to as: A) process models.

B) data models.

C) flow models.

D) flow charts.

E) logic models.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Specifically, process modeling involves graphically representing the processes, or actions, that capture, manipulate, store, and distribute data between a system and its environment and among components within a system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 53) Graphically representing the processes that capture, manipulate, store, and distribute data between a system and its environment and among components within a system refers to: A) data modeling.

B) structure modeling.

C) process modeling.

D) transition modeling.

E) logic modeling.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The processes being modeled are performed every day in an organization, so it is important to understand what organizations, especially businesses, need to do to function.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 54) The diagram that shows the scope of the system, indicating what elements are inside and outside the system, is called a: A) context diagram.

B) level-2 diagram.

C) referencing diagram.

D) representative diagram.

E) decomposition diagram.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The boundary or scope of this system, and the system's relationship to its environment, is represented by a data-flow diagram called a context diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

55) Which of the following is NOT a process modeling deliverable?

A) A context data-flow diagram B) Thorough descriptions of each DFD component C) DFDs of the current physical system D) An entity relationship diagram E) DFDs of the new logical system Answer: D Explanation: D) In structured analysis, the primary deliverables from process modeling are a set of coherent, interrelated data-flow diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 56) Data contained on a customer order form would be represented on a data-flow diagram as a: A) process.

B) data flow.

C) source.

D) sink.

E) relationship.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A data flow is data that are in motion and moving as a unit from one place in a system to another. A data flow could represent data on a customer order form or a payroll check.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 57) Student data contained on an enrollment form would be represented on a data-flow diagram as a: A) process.

B) data flow.

C) source.

D) data store.

E) relationship.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A data flow is data that are in motion and moving as a unit from one place in a system to another. A data flow could represent data on a customer order form or a payroll check.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application

11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

58) Data in motion, moving from one place in a system to another, best describes a: A) data store.

B) process.

C) source.

D) data flow.

E) relationship.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The name represents the aggregation of all the individual elements of data moving as part of one packet–that is, all the data moving together at the same time.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 59) Data at rest, which may take the form of many different physical representations, best describes a: A) source.

B) data store.

C) data flow.

D) process.

E) relationship.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A data store (data at rest) may represent one of many different physical locations for data, including a file folder, one or more computer-based file(s), or a notebook.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 60) A file folder containing orders would be represented on a data-flow diagram as a: A) process.

B) source.

C) data flow.

D) data store.

E) relationship.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A data store (data at rest) includes a file folder.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 61) A computer-based file containing employee information would be represented on a data-flow diagram as a(n): A) data flow.

B) source.

C) data store.

D) process.

E) action stub.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A data store (data at rest) includes a computer-based file.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

62) The calculation of an employee's salary would be represented on a data-flow diagram as a(n): A) data flow.

B) source.

C) data store.

D) process.

E) action stub.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A process, such as the calculation of an employee's salary, is an action performed on data so they are transformed, stored, or distributed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 63) Recording a customer's payment would be represented on a data-flow diagram as a(n): A) process.

B) source.

C) data flow.

D) data store.

E) action stub.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A process, such as recording a customer's payment, is an action performed on data so they are transformed, stored, or distributed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 64) A supplier of auto parts to your company would be represented on a data-flow diagram as a: A) process.

B) source.

C) data flow.

D) data store.

E) relationship.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A supplier is considered a source. This is based in part, that a source is considered an external entity.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application

13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

65) The shape of a data-flow (DFD) diagramming process is a(n): A) arrow.

B) square.

C) rectangle.

D) rounded rectangle.

E) open box.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The process (action performed on data) is represented as a rounded rectangle in a DFD. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 66) The work or actions performed on data so that they are transformed, stored, or distributed defines: A) source.

B) data store.

C) data flow.

D) process.

E) action stub.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A process is the work or actions performed on data so that they are transformed, stored, or distributed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 67) The origin and/or destination of data, sometimes referred to as external entities defines: A) source.

B) data store.

C) data flow.

D) process.

E) predecessor.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A source is the origin of the data. It is often referred to as external entities because they are outside the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

68) An arrow on a data-flow diagram represents a(n): A) data store.

B) data flow.

C) process.

D) source.

E) action sequence.

Answer: B Explanation: B) On a data-flow diagram, an arrow represents a data flow showing data in motion.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 69) A square on a data-flow diagram represents a sink or a: A) data flow.

B) data store.

C) process.

D) predecessor.

E) source.

Answer: E Explanation: E) On a data-flow diagram, a square represents a source or sink, which accounts for the origin and destination of data.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 70) On a data-flow diagram, a rectangle represents a source or a(n): A) data store.

B) process.

C) action stub.

D) data flow.

E) sink.

Answer: E Explanation: E) On a data-flow diagram, a square represents a source or sink, which accounts for the origin and destination of data.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 71) On a data-flow diagram, a rectangle with the right vertical line missing represents a: A) data store.

B) data flow.

C) process.

D) source.

E) relationship.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A data store represents data at rest, which may take the form of many different physical representations.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

72) Which of the following is a true statement regarding sources/sinks?

A) Data must originate inside a system from one or more sources.

B) The system must produce information to only one sink.

C) Sources/sinks are always outside the information system.

D) If any processing takes place inside the source/sink, we are very interested in it.

E) Sinks and sources are used interchangeably.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Being outside of the system also helps define the boundaries of the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 73) Which of the following is most likely a source/sink for a manufacturing system?

A) A report B) A file C) Payment record D) A bank deposit E) A bank Answer: E Explanation: E) A bank is a component outside the system and would likely be considered a sink in a data flow diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 74) Which of the following is true regarding the context diagram?

A) The process symbol is labeled "0."

B) The context diagram contains two processes.

C) Data stores must be shown on the context diagram.

D) The internal workings of the system are shown on the context diagram.

E) The context diagram organizes the processes in a tree-like structure.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The single process, labeled "0," represents the entire system; all context diagrams have only one process labeled "0."

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

75) A data-flow diagram that represents a system's major processes, data flows, and data stores at a high level of detail refers to a: A) context diagram.

B) level-1 diagram.

C) level-0 diagram.

D) level-00 diagram.

E) logic diagram.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The single process, labeled "0," represents the entire system; all context diagrams have only one process labeled "0."

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 76) If two processes are connected by a data flow, they are said to: A) exhibit cohesion.

B) share the same data.

C) be coupled to each other.

D) be strapped to each other.

E) be intertwined.

Answer: C Explanation: C) In this case, we would say the processes are coupled to each other. For instance, if Process 7.4 produces a data flow and that Process 7.2 must be ready to accept it; we would say that these processes are physically linked to each other.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 77) By placing a data store between two processes, this: A) decouples the processes.

B) enables store and forward capabilities.

C) enhances the flow of data between the processes.

D) structures the processes.

E) disintegrates the processes.

Answer: A Explanation: A) These processes decoupled, likely from a buffer such as a data store.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 78) A miracle process is one that: A) has only inputs.

B) has only outputs.

C) cannot be exploded further.

D) has insufficient inputs to produce the associated processes.

E) is connected directly to a source.

Answer: B Explanation: B) If an object has only outputs, then it must be a source.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

79) A black hole is a process that: A) has only inputs.

B) has only outputs.

C) has not been exploded to show enough detail.

D) has insufficient inputs to produce the associated processes.

E) generates output directly to a sink.

Answer: A Explanation: A) No process can have only inputs (a black hole). If an object has only inputs, then it must be a sink.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 80) Which of the following is a true statement regarding a data store?

A) Data can move directly from one data store to another data store.

B) Data stores illustrate relationships among entities.

C) A data store has a noun-phrase label.

D) Data can move from an outside source to a data store.

E) A data store shows data in motion.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A data flow has a noun-phrase label. More than one data flow noun phrase can appear on a single arrow as long as all of the flows on the same arrow move together as one package.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 81) Which of the following is NOT a true statement regarding data flows?

A) A data flow can go directly back to the same process it leaves.

B) A fork in a data flow means that exactly the same data go from a common location to two or more different processes, data stores, or sources/sinks.

C) A data flow from a data store means retrieve or use.

D) A data flow has a noun-phrase label.

E) A data flow has only one direction of flow between symbols.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Although data may flow in both directions, it is usually indicated by two separate arrows and doesn't flow directly back to the same process it leaves.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

82) Which of the following is a true statement regarding data flows?

A) A data flow to a data store means retrieve or use.

B) A data flow from a data store means update.

C) A data flow may have double-ended arrows.

D) A data flow represents data at rest.

E) A join in a data flow means that exactly the same data come from any of two or more different processes, data stores, or sources/sinks to a common location.

Answer: E Explanation: E) The join in data flow adheres to standard rules for guiding data flow diagramming.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 83) On a data-flow diagram, you may: A) repeat data stores and processes.

B) repeat sources/sinks and processes.

C) only repeat processes.

D) repeat relationships.

E) repeat both data stores and sources/sinks.

Answer: E Explanation: E) While you may repeat data stores, sinks and sources, there is no reason to have two processes with the same name.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 84) The act of going from a single system to several component processes refers to: A) structuring.

B) balancing.

C) decomposition.

D) formatting.

E) regeneration.

Answer: C Explanation: C) This process creates a set of hierarchically related charts in which one process on a given chart is explained in greater detail on another chart.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

85) The lowest level of DFDs are: A) level-0 diagrams.

B) context diagrams.

C) level-1 diagrams.

D) primitive data-flow diagrams.

E) systematic diagrams.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The lowest-level data-flow diagrams are called primitive DFDs. These contain the most detail of all data-flow diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 86) A DFD that is a result of three nested decompositions of a series of subprocesses from a process on a level-0 diagram describes a: A) level-3 diagram.

B) level-1 diagram.

C) level-2 diagram.

D) primitive diagram.

E) context diagram.

Answer: A Explanation: A) For instance, the decomposition of Process 2.4.3.4 would be shown on a level-3 diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 87) The conservation of inputs and outputs is called: A) decomposition.

B) balancing.

C) flow conservation.

D) data flow structuring.

E) gap proofing.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Balancing is the conservation of inputs and outputs to a data-flow diagram process when that process is decomposed to a lower level.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

88) If a data flow appears on the context diagram and is also represented on a level-0 diagram, this would be referred to as: A) leveling.

B) flow conservation.

C) balancing.

D) cohesion.

E) coupling.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Balancing is the conservation of inputs and outputs to a data-flow diagram process when that process is decomposed to a lower level.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 89) If an input from a source appears on a level-0 diagram, it must: A) appear on the context diagram.

B) be connected to a data flow.

C) be connected to a sink.

D) be connected to a data store.

E) be connected to two entities.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The boundary or scope of a system, and the system's relationship to its environment, is represented by a data-flow diagram called a context diagram beginning with an input on level-0.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 90) If your DFD contains data flows that do not lead anywhere, it is not: A) gap proof.

B) a primitive diagram.

C) complete.

D) consistent.

E) balanced.

Answer: C Explanation: C) If your DFD contains data flows that do not lead anywhere, or data stores, processes, or external entities that are not connected to anything else, it is obviously not complete.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

91) The extent to which all necessary components of a data-flow diagram have been included and fully described defines: A) DFD consistency.

B) DFD completeness.

C) DFD gap proofing.

D) DFD flexibility.

E) DFD cohesion.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Not only must all necessary elements of a DFD be present, each of the components must be fully described in the project dictionary.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 92) Having a level-1 diagram with no level-0 diagram is an example of a: A) violation of completeness.

B) violation of consistency.

C) balancing error.

D) structuring violation.

E) cohesion error.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A level-0 diagram is necessary to establish the foundation for creating a level-2 diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 93) The extent to which information contained on one level of a set of nested data-flow diagrams is also included on other levels refers to: A) DFD consistency.

B) DFD completeness.

C) DFD gap proofing.

D) DFD flexibility.

E) DFD cohesion.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The concept of DFD consistency refers to whether the depiction of the system shown at one level of a DFD is compatible with the depictions of the system shown at other levels.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

94) When you believe that you have shown each business form or transaction, computer screen, and report as a single data flow, you have probably reached the: A) level-0 diagrams.

B) ternary-level diagrams.

C) primitive data-flow diagrams.

D) secondary-level diagrams.

E) context-level diagrams.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The lowest-level data-flow diagrams are called primitive DFDs. These contain the most detail of all data-flow diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 95) The lowest level of decomposition for a data-flow diagram is called the: A) context diagram.

B) level-0 diagram.

C) level-1 diagram.

D) primitive diagram.

E) cohesive diagram.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The lowest-level data-flow diagrams are called primitive DFDs. These contain the most detail of all data-flow diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 96) The process of discovering discrepancies between two or more sets of data-flow diagrams or discrepancies within a single DFD is referred to as: A) requirements structuring.

B) logic modeling.

C) DFD validation.

D) gap analysis.

E) DFD stress testing.

Answer: D Explanation: D) In gap analysis, the analyst's role is to discover discrepancies between two or more sets of data-flow diagrams or discrepancies within a single DFD. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

97) Techniques used for modeling system logic include: A) flow charts.

B) decision tables.

C) data-flow diagrams.

D) dialogue charts.

E) entity-relationship diagrams.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Decision tables allow you to represent in a tabular format a set of conditions and the actions that follow from them.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 98) The part of a decision table that links conditions to actions is the section that contains the: A) action statements.

B) rules.

C) condition statements.

D) decision stubs.

E) relationship stubs.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The three parts to the table include the condition stubs, the action stubs, and the rules which link conditions to actions.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 99) The part of a decision table that lists the actions that result for a given set of conditions is called: A) action stubs.

B) condition stubs.

C) rule section.

D) execution stubs.

E) processing stubs.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The three parts to the table include the condition stubs, the rules, and the action stubs, which lists the actions that result for a given set of conditions.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

100) Briefly describe the data-flow diagramming symbols. Provide one example of each.

Answer: A rectangle with rounded corners represents a process. A process is the work or actions performed on data. The data store represents data at rest, and is represented by a rectangle with the right vertical line missing. A data flow represents data in motion, and is represented by an arrow. A source/sink is the origin or destination of data. Sources and sinks are identified by square symbols. Computing a grade point average is an example of a process. A file folder containing orders is an example of a data store. An enrollment form being routed through the enrollment center is representative of a data flow. A student enrolling in school is representative of a source/sink.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 101) Discuss the guidelines for drawing a DFD. Answer: The guidelines for constructing DFDs are completeness, consistency, timing considerations, the iterative nature of drawing DFDs, and drawing primitive DFDs. Completeness refers to the extent to which all necessary components of a data-flow diagram have been included and fully described. Consistency refers to the extent to which information contained on one level of a set of nested data-flow diagrams is also included on other levels.

Timing is not indicated on DFDs. Iterative development recognizes that requirements determination and requirements structuring are interacting analysis sub-phases. Primitive DFDs are the lowest level of decomposition for a data-flow diagram. The analyst must make a determination of when she has reached the primitive level DFDs. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 102) Briefly discuss how DFDs can be used as analysis tools.

Answer: Data-flow diagrams can be used to model both the physical and logical systems. Data models can be analyzed to identify possible inconsistencies that exist between two sets of diagrams or within a single DFD. Redundant data flows, procedural redundancies, and inefficiencies can be identified by studying data-flow diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for selecting, evaluating, and managing information systems projects Classification: Synthesis 103) What is meant by DFD completeness? What is meant by DFD consistency?

Answer: DFD completeness is the extent to which all necessary components of a data-flow diagram have been included and fully described. DFD consistency is the extent to which information contained on one level of a set of nested data-flow diagrams is also included on other levels.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

104) What is gap analysis? Why is gap analysis useful?

Answer: Gap analysis is the process of discovering discrepancies between two or more sets of data-flow diagrams or discrepancies within a single DFD. Gap analysis is used to identify inconsistencies with DFDs, determine which processes should be added or revised, and compare alternative logical DFDs. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

26 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Chapter 7 Structuring System Requirements: Conceptual Data Modeling 1) The characteristics of data captured during data modeling are crucial in the design of databases, programs, computer screens, and printed reports.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Without quality data modeling, programs and reports may not provide critical information.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 2) Processes, rather than data, are the most complex aspects of many modern information systems.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: For example, transaction processing systems can have considerable complexity in validating data, reconciling errors, and coordinating the movement of data to various databases.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 3) The purpose of the conceptual data model is to show as many rules about the meaning and interrelationships among data as possible.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The model serves as a blue print for a later stage of data design and implementation. Rules that don't show up on the data model should be placed in the project dictionary.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 4) The names of data stores on primitive-level data flow diagrams often correspond to the names of data entities in entity-relationship (E-R) diagrams.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The names of data stores on primitive-level DFDs often correspond to the names of data entities in entity-relationship diagrams, and the data elements in data flows on DFDs must be attributes of entities and relationships in entity-relationship diagrams.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 5) The primary deliverable for the conceptual data-modeling step within the analysis phase is an entity-relationship diagram.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The entity-relationship diagram is delivered along with a project dictionary that contains additional information about the model.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

6) A deliverable from conceptual data modeling is a set of entries about data objects to be stored in the project dictionary or repository.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because the entity-relationship diagram cannot display all necessary details of the model, a project dictionary or repository is also a deliverable.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 7) The top-down approach to data modeling derives a data model by reviewing specific business documents.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Deriving a data model by reviewing specific business documents is an example of a bottom-up approach.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 8) An analyst would ask, "What must we know about each object in order to run a business?" in order to determine relationships, their cardinality, and degrees.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: This question is related to attributes and focusing on determining what basis an object is selected.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 9) In order to determine security controls and understand who really knows the meaning of data, an analyst might ask, "What natural activities or transactions of the business involve handling data about several objects of the same or different type?"

Answer: FALSE Explanation: This question relates to relationships, cardinality, and degree to help develop an accurate and complete data model.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 10) In order to determine the integrity rules, minimum and maximum cardinality, and time dimensions of data, an analyst might ask, "Are values for data characteristics limited in any way?"

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Integrity rules can limit types of allowed entries to help reduce data mistakes in a new system. For instance, the system may require a date be entered a specific way.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application

2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

11) An entity is a person, place, object, event, or concept in the user environment about which the organization wishes to maintain data.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Entities focus on the following questions: What are the subjects/objects of the business? What types of people, places, things, and materials are used or interact in this business about which data must be maintained? How many instances of each object might exist?

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 12) Book, supplier, and state are examples of entity types.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An entity type is a collection of entities that share common properties or characteristics (i.e., book, supplier, and state).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 13) Since a name represents a set of entities, it is plural on an entity-relationship diagram.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Because the name represents a set of entities, it is singular.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 14) Use a verb or verb phrase to name an entity.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A noun, not a verb, is used to name an entity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 15) Social security number, last name, and first name are examples of entity types.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: These are all examples of Attributes. An entity type for these attributes might be STUDENT. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 16) A true data entity will have many possible instances, each with a distinguishing characteristic, as well as one or more other descriptive pieces of data.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is a way to remember the distinction between entities and source/sinks (DFD).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) An entity instance is a single occurrence of an entity type.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For instance, your specific information (LastName, FirstName) would be an example of an entity instance.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 18) Employee identification number, name, address, and skill are examples of attributes.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Each of these represent attributes, or you can conceptually think of columns in a spreadsheet.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 19) An order number is a good example of a candidate key.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An order number is a unique characteristic that distinguishes entity instances.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 20) A faculty identification number could be used as an identifier.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A faculty identification number could be used to uniquely identify every faculty member (entity instance).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 21) A primary key should be null.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A primary key uniquely identifies an entity instance. Because of this role, it cannot be null.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 22) An identifier is a candidate key that has been selected as the unique, identifying characteristic for an entity type.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: You can think of a presidential race where several candidates could be nominated (candidate key), but only one is selected (identifier).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

23) When selecting an identifier, one should choose a candidate key that will not change its value over the life of each instance of the entity type.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An identifier should not change and also be numeric when possible. If it could change, it may not be unique after the change is made.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 24) Analysts should use intelligent keys as identifiers.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Avoid the use of so-called intelligent keys, whose structure indicates classifications, locations, and other entity properties.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 25) Analysts should consider substituting single-attribute surrogate keys for large composite keys.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: While composite keys can technically be selected as an identifier, identifiers generally should be numeric and simple when possible.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 26) When referencing an employee entity, an employee's skills are an example of a multivalued attribute.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An employee's skills are considered multivalued because the employee likely has a number of skills (i.e., hard worker, SQL expert…).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 27) One way to handle repeating data within an entity is to separate the repeating data into another entity, called a weak entity.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A weak entity is an entity that would not exist if not for the related parent entity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 28) A multivalued attribute is an attribute that may take on more than one value for each entity instance.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An employee's skills are considered multivalued because the employee likely has a number of skills (i.e., hard worker, SQL expert…).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) A repeating group is a set of two or more multivalued attributes that are logically related.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Consider an EMPLOYEE and his or her dependents. Dependent name, age, and relation to employee (spouse, child, parent, etc.) are multivalued attributes about an employee, and these attributes repeat together.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 30) A join is an association between the instances of one or more entity types that is of interest to the organization.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A relationship, not a join, is an association between entities.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 31) Relationships are labeled with verb phrases.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For example, an EMPLOYEE has a LOCKER. A verb is used to describe the relationship.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 32) The goal of conceptual data modeling is to capture as much of the meaning of data as possible.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because of this, the deliverable includes both the ERD as well as additional information described in a data repository.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 33) A ternary relationship is a relationship between instances of one entity type.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A ternary relationship is a relationship instance between three entity types.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 34) A unary relationship is the most common type of relationship encountered in data modeling.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A binary relationship is by far the most common type of relationships. Unary and ternary are less common.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

35) A ternary relationship is the equivalent of three binary relationships.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A ternary relationship is a simultaneous relationship among instances of three entity types.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 36) Cardinality is the number of instances of entity B that can (or must) be associated with each instance of entity A. Answer: TRUE Explanation: Usually these instances include 0, 1, or many using crow's feet notation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 37) The minimum cardinality of a relationship is the minimum number of instances of entity B that may be associated with each instance of entity A. Answer: TRUE Explanation: Minimum usually includes 0 or 1 using crow's feet notation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 38) A plural relationship is a relationship that the data modeler chooses to model as entity type.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: An associative, not a plural relationship, is a relationship that the data modeler chooses to model as an entity type.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 39) A relationship must be turned into an associative entity when the associative entity has other relationships with entities besides the relationship that caused its creation.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is an example of a many to many relationship which requires an associative entity to function properly.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 40) Ideally, each data store on a primitive data-flow diagram will be an individual attribute.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Each data store on a primitive data-flow diagram will be an individual entity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

41) Conceptual data modeling for an Internet-based electronic commerce application differs significantly from the process followed when analyzing the data needs for other types of applications.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: One nice thing about conceptual data modeling is that traditional and e-commerce applications are approached in the same way regarding modeling.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 42) During the designing the human interface step of the design phase, you would enumerate different potential implementation environments that could be used to deliver the different sets of capabilities.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Shaping alternative system design strategies involves enumerating different potential implementation environments that could be used to deliver the different sets of capabilities.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 43) In theory, if there are four sets of requirements, three implementation environments, and four sources of application software, then there would be thirty-six possible design strategies.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: There would be forty-eight possible design strategies (multiplying the three).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 44) In theory, if there are six sets of requirements, four implementation environments, and five sources of application software, then there would be one hundred twenty possible design strategies.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is correct because of multiplying the sets of requirements, implementation environments, and sources of application software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 45) A good number of alternatives to generate is five.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Given the role of the analysts' experience in the solutions they suggest, analysis teams typically generate at least two alternative solutions for every problem they work on. Three alternative solutions is considered ideal.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

46) Cost is the primary focus of high-end alternatives.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Functionality, not cost, is the primary focus of high-end alternatives.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 47) The minimum requirements for a new system are also its mandatory features.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: These features are mandatory, and if any of them are missing, the design strategy is useless.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 48) Essential features are those that everyone agrees are necessary to solve the problem or meet the opportunity.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Essential features are the important capabilities of a system that serve as the primary basis for comparison of different design strategies.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 49) Conceptual data modeling is typically done in parallel with other requirements analysis and structuring steps during: A) systems planning and selection.

B) systems design.

C) systems analysis.

D) systems implementation and operation.

E) systems evaluation.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Data modeling is typically done at the same time as other requirements structuring steps. Many systems developers believe that a data model is the most important part of the information system requirements.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 50) The most common format used for data modeling is: A) state-transition diagramming.

B) entity-relationship diagramming.

C) process modeling.

D) logic modeling.

E) a flowchart.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Entity-relationship diagramming (ERD) is a detailed, logical, and graphical representation of the data for an organization or business area.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

51) During systems analysis: A) a conceptual data model (E-R with attributes) is prepared.

B) a logical model (relational) is prepared.

C) physical files and database designs are prepared.

D) an enterprise-wide data model is prepared.

E) database and file definitions are prepared.

Answer: A Explanation: A) This data model is prepared to indicate entities, attributes, and relationships in the model.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 52) The primary deliverable from the conceptual data-modeling step within the analysis phase is: A) a state-transition diagram.

B) an entity-relationship diagram.

C) a context data flow diagram.

D) a decision table.

E) Structured English.

Answer: B Explanation: B) An entity-relationship diagram (ERD) is delivered along with a supporting document that provides details not shown in the ERD. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 53) Which of the following is a true statement?

A) A data model explains what the organization does and what rules govern how work is done in the organization.

B) To construct a data model, you need to know how data are processed.

C) To construct a data model, you need to know when data are processed.

D) A data flow diagram graphically illustrates the structure and relationships among data items.

E) During conceptual data modeling, the preparation of a Network diagram is necessary.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The characteristics of data captured during data modeling are crucial in the design of databases, programs, computer screens, and printed reports.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

54) The data modeling perspective that derives the business rules for a data model from an intimate understanding of the nature of the business, rather than from any specific information requirements in screens, reports, or business forms, is referred to as the: A) top-down approach.

B) bottom-up approach.

C) overview approach.

D) business approach.

E) conceptual approach.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A top-down approach derives the data model from an intimate understanding of the nature of the business, rather than from any specific information requirements in computer displays, reports, or business forms.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 55) Gathering the information you need for data modeling by reviewing specific business documents handled within the system describes the: A) bottom-up approach.

B) conceptual approach.

C) top-down approach.

D) investigative approach.

E) business approach.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A bottom-up approach includes collecting information for data modeling by reviewing specific business documents–computer displays, reports, and business forms–handled within the system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 56) Reviewing computer screens, reports, and business forms for the purpose of gaining an understanding of data is indicative of the: A) investigative approach.

B) business approach.

C) bottom-up approach.

D) top-down approach.

E) conceptual approach.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A bottom-up approach includes collecting information for data modeling by reviewing specific business documents–computer displays, reports, and business forms–handled within the system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application

11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

57) Asking system users and business managers, "What are the subjects of the business?" would help determine: A) the data entities and their descriptions.

B) the candidate key.

C) attributes and secondary keys.

D) relationships and their cardinality and degrees.

E) integrity rules, minimum and maximum cardinality, and time dimensions of data.

Answer: A Explanation: A) An entity is a person, place, object, event, or concept in the user environment about which the organization wishes to maintain data.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 58) Asking system users and managers, "Who is responsible for establishing legitimate values for these data?" helps determine: A) the candidate key.

B) security controls and understanding who really knows the meaning of data.

C) relationships and their cardinality and degrees.

D) attributes and secondary keys.

E) integrity rules, minimum and maximum cardinality, and time dimensions of data.

Answer: B Explanation: B) This question is related to security controls and understanding who really knows the meaning of data.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 59) On an entity-relationship diagram, a rectangle represents a(n): A) data flow.

B) entity.

C) multivalued attribute.

D) repeating group.

E) relationship.

Answer: B Explanation: B) An entity (represented as a rectangle) is a person, place, object, event, or concept in the user environment about which the organization wishes to maintain data.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

60) A person, place, object, event, or concept in the user environment about which the organization wishes to maintain data refers to a(n): A) attribute.

B) data element.

C) relationship.

D) entity.

E) process.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Sample person entities include EMPLOYEE, STUDENT, and PATIENT. Other entities include STATE, SALE, and COURSE. As you can see, all are nouns.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 61) A product is an example of a(n): A) data element.

B) attribute.

C) entity.

D) relationship.

E) process.

Answer: C Explanation: C) An entity (i.e., PRODUCT) is a person, place, object, event, or concept in the user environment about which the organization wishes to maintain data.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 62) A renewal is an example of a(n): A) data element.

B) attribute.

C) entity.

D) relationship.

E) action stub.

Answer: C Explanation: C) An entity (i.e., RENEWAL) is a person, place, object, event, or concept in the user environment about which the organization wishes to maintain data.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application

13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

63) A collection of entities that share common properties or characteristics best defines: A) entity type.

B) entity instance.

C) entity occurrence.

D) entity collection.

E) data set.

Answer: A Explanation: A) An entity type is a collection of entities that share common properties or characteristics (i.e., book, supplier, and state).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 64) A single occurrence of an entity type defines: A) entity instance.

B) entity appearance.

C) attribute.

D) data element.

E) multivalued attribute.

Answer: A Explanation: A) For instance, your specific information (LastName, FirstName) would be an example of an entity instance.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 65) A named property or characteristic of an entity that is of interest to the organization defines: A) attribute.

B) relationship.

C) instance.

D) associative entity.

E) data flow.

Answer: A Explanation: A) LastName, FirstName, ZipCode are examples of attributes. You can conceptually think of attributes as columns in a spreadsheet.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 66) Vehicle identification number, color, weight, and horsepower best exemplify: A) entities.

B) entity types.

C) data markers.

D) identifiers.

E) attributes.

Answer: E Explanation: E) Vehicle identification number, color, weight and horsepower are all named properties or characteristics of an entity that is of interest to the organization.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

67) An attribute (or combination of attributes) that uniquely identifies each instance of an entity type defines: A) data element occurrence.

B) trigger.

C) candidate key.

D) associative entity.

E) data marker.

Answer: C Explanation: C) You can think of a presidential race where several candidates could be nominated (candidate key), but only one is selected (identifier).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 68) When selecting an identifier, one should: A) use intelligent keys.

B) use large composite keys instead of single-attribute surrogate keys.

C) choose a candidate key that will not change its value over the life of each instance of the entity type.

D) choose a candidate key such that for each instance of the entity, the attribute is guaranteed to have valid values or is null.

E) choose a candidate key that allows for duplicate values.

Answer: C Explanation: C) An identifier uniquely identifies an entity instance. Because of this role, it cannot be null.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 69) A candidate key that has been selected as the unique, identifying characteristic for an entity type is called a(n): A) attribute.

B) identifier.

C) secondary key.

D) gerund.

E) index.

Answer: B Explanation: B) You can have many candidate keys that uniquely identify an entity instance, but only one is chosen as an identifier.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

70) On an entity-relationship diagram, the entity's identifier is: A) identified by using a double-lined ellipse.

B) underlined on an E-R diagram.

C) bold on an E-R diagram.

D) written in all capital letters on an E-R diagram.

E) placed in italics.

Answer: B Explanation: B) This underlined identifier uniquely identifies an entity instance in an entity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 71) An attribute that can have more than one value for each entity instance is referred to as: A) a gerund.

B) a multivalued attribute.

C) a nonexclusive attribute.

D) a data replica.

E) composite attribute Answer: B Explanation: B) Consider an EMPLOYEE and his or her dependents. Dependent name, age, and relation to employee (spouse, child, parent, etc.) are multivalued attributes about an employee, and these attributes repeat together.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 72) If each employee can have more than one skill, then skill is referred to as a: A) gerund.

B) multivalued attribute.

C) nonexclusive attribute.

D) repeating attribute.

E) data replica.

Answer: B Explanation: B) An employee's skills are considered multivalued because the employee likely has a number of skills (i.e., hard worker, SQL expert…).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 73) A set of two or more multivalued attributes that are logically related defines: A) relationship.

B) associative entity.

C) repeating group.

D) class.

E) repeating entity.

Answer: C Explanation: C) An employee's skills are considered multivalued because the employee likely has a number of skills (i.e., hard worker, SQL expert…).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

74) An association between the instances of one or more entity types that is of interest to the organization best defines: A) occurrence.

B) relationship.

C) natural connection.

D) cardinality.

E) entity link.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The relationship is represented by lines and verbs are used to describe the relationships.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 75) A relationship between the instances of one entity type is a: A) unary relationship.

B) binary relationship.

C) ternary relationship.

D) singular occurrence.

E) partnership occurrence.

Answer: A Explanation: A) An example of a unary relationship is a customer being referred by another customer. Both customers are from the same entity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 76) The number of entity types that participate in a relationship refers to: A) cardinality.

B) association.

C) count.

D) degree.

E) normalization.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Common relationships include unary, binary, and ternary degrees.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 77) If STUDENT and COURSE participate in a relationship, this is an example of a(n): A) unary relationship.

B) coupled relationship.

C) binary relationship.

D) ternary relationship.

E) extraordinary relationship.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A binary relationship is the most common relationship in ERD. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

78) A ternary relationship occurs when a simultaneous relationship exists among instances of: A) the same entity.

B) two entity types.

C) three entity types.

D) four entity types.

E) nine entity types.

Answer: C Explanation: C) While not as common as a two entity type, each ternary entity may be a one or a many participant in a ternary relationship.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 79) A relationship between instances of two entity types is a: A) unary relationship.

B) binary relationship.

C) ternary relationship.

D) multiple occurrence.

E) partnership occurrence.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The binary relationship is the most common relationship type in ERD. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 80) The number of instances of entity B that can (or must) be associated with each instance of entity A refers to: A) cardinality.

B) domain.

C) ternary occurrence.

D) participation level.

E) join level.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Usually these instances include 0, 1, or many using crow's feet notation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 81) The minimum number of instances of entity B that may be associated with each instance of entity A defines the: A) degree of the relationship.

B) minimum cardinality of the relationship.

C) maximum cardinality of the relationship.

D) domain of the relationship.

E) join level.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Minimum usually includes 0 or 1 using crow's feet notation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

82) If entity B is a mandatory participant, then: A) the minimum cardinality of the relationship is two.

B) the minimum cardinality of the relationship cannot be defined.

C) the minimum cardinality of the relationship is one.

D) the minimum cardinality of the relationship is optional.

E) the join level is not null.

Answer: C Explanation: C) In Crow's feet notion, this one represented as a | representing one mandatory.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 83) A "many" maximum cardinality is noted on the E-R diagram by: A) placing a crow's foot notation near the entity.

B) placing a zero through the line near the entity.

C) using a double ellipse near the entity.

D) placing two slash marks near the entity.

E) using brackets.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The crow's feet notation is placed connecting to the entity on the many side of the relationship.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 84) During which of the following steps will you bring the current phase to a close, prepare a report and presentation to management concerning continuation of the project, and get ready to move the project into design?

A) Designing the human interface B) Requirements determination C) Project initiation and planning D) Alternative generation and selection E) Requirements structuring Answer: D Explanation: D) Given the role of the analysts' experience in the solutions they suggest, analysis teams typically generate at least two alternative solutions for every problem they work on.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

85) A particular approach to developing an information system best describes: A) design strategy.

B) problem statement.

C) requirements statement.

D) scope.

E) systems service request.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A design strategy includes statements on the system's functionality, hardware and system software platform, and method for acquisition.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 86) Enumerating different potential implementation environments that could be used to deliver the different sets of capabilities occurs during the: A) requirements structuring step of the analysis phase.

B) shaping alternative system design strategies phase.

C) testing step of the implementation and operation phase.

D) project initiation and planning step of the planning and selection phase.

E) designing the human interface step of the design phase.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Shaping alternative system design strategies involves enumerating different potential implementation environments that could be used to deliver the different sets of capabilities.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 87) In theory, if there are four sources of application software, two implementation environments, and three sets of requirements, how many design strategies are possible?

A) 4 B) 24 C) 9 D) 2 E) 27 Answer: B Explanation: B) This is correct because of multiplying the sets of requirements, implementation environments, and sources of application software.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application

20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

88) Which of the following is a true statement regarding midrange alternatives?

A) Midrange alternative design strategies often do not involve computer technology; instead they focus on making paper flows more efficient or reducing redundancies in current processes.

B) Midrange alternative design strategies represent compromise solutions.

C) Functionality is the primary focus of midrange alternative design strategies.

D) Midrange alternative design strategies provide all the required functionality users demand with a system that is minimally different from the current system.

E) Midrange alternative design strategies provide all the desired features using advanced technologies that often allow the system to expand to meet future requirements.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Midrange represents a middle point between the low which represents the least number of design components necessary to solve the problem and high which goes beyond just solving the problem.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 89) Which of the following is a true statement regarding high-end alternatives?

A) High-end alternative design strategies often do not involve computer technology; instead they focus on making paper flows more efficient or reducing redundancies in current processes.

B) High-end alternative design strategies represent compromise solutions.

C) Functionality is the primary focus of high-end alternative design strategies.

D) High-end alternative design strategies provide all the required functionality users demand with a system that is minimally different from the current system.

E) None of the above are correct.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A high-end alternative will provide all desired features using advanced technologies that often allow the system to expand to meet future requirements.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 90) An ideal number of alternatives to generate is: A) 3.

B) 2.

C) 4.

D) 5.

E) 7.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Three alternatives can neatly represent low, middle, and high ranges of potential solutions.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

91) The most conservative solutions in terms of the effort, cost, and technology involved in developing a new system are the: A) low-end solutions.

B) high-end solutions.

C) mid-range solutions.

D) constraint-dependent solutions.

E) requirements-dependent solutions.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Some low-end solutions may not involve computer technology at all, focusing instead on making paper flows more efficient or reducing redundancies in current processes.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 92) The alternative that goes beyond simply solving the problem in question and focuses instead on systems that contain many extra features users may desire is referred to as a: A) low-end alternative.

B) high-end alternative.

C) quality-focused alternative.

D) requirements-dependent alternative.

E) constraints-dependent alternative.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A high-end alternative will provide all desired features using advanced technologies that often allow the system to expand to meet future requirements.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 93) Which of the following types of alternatives represent compromise solutions?

A) Low-end alternatives B) High-end alternatives C) Midrange alternatives D) Requirements-dependent alternatives E) Constraints-dependent alternatives Answer: C Explanation: C) Midrange represents a middle point between the low which represents the least number of design components necessary to solve the problem and high which goes beyond just solving the problem.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

94) The minimum requirements for the new system are called: A) essential features.

B) desired features.

C) minimum features.

D) mandatory features.

E) designated features.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Mandatory features are the ones that everyone agrees are necessary to solve the problem or meet the opportunity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 95) Features that everyone agrees are necessary to solve the problem or meet the opportunity are called: A) desired features.

B) essential features.

C) mandatory features.

D) minimum features.

E) requested features.

Answer: C Explanation: C) These features are mandatory, and if any of them are missing, the design strategy is useless.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 96) Identifying mandatory features by surveying users and other stakeholders who have been involved in requirements determination would occur: A) near the end of the analysis phase, after all requirements have been structured and analyzed.

B) near the end of the project identification and selection phase, after a formal request to conduct a project to design and develop an information systems solution has been approved.

C) during the logical design phase, while detailed function specifications of all data, forms, reports, screens, and processing rules for all aspects of the system are prepared.

D) during systems planning and selection.

E) during systems implementation and operation.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Which features are mandatory can be determined from a survey of users and others who have been involved in requirements determination.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

97) Which of the following is a true statement?

A) Mandatory features screen out possible solutions; essential features are the important capabilities of a system that will serve as the primary basis for comparison of different design strategies.

B) Essential features screen out possible solutions; mandatory features are the important capabilities of a system that will serve as the primary basis for comparison of different design strategies.

C) Mandatory features screen out possible solutions; essential features are those that users could live without.

D) Essential features screen out possible solutions; mandatory features are those that users could live without.

E) Desired features screen out possible solutions; mandatory features are the important capabilities of a system that will serve as the primary basis for comparison of different design strategies.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Some organizations will break the features into three categories: mandatory, essential, and desired.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 98) Define the following key data modeling terms: entity, attribute, relationship, degree, cardinality, and associative entity.

Answer: An entity is a person, place, object, event, or concept in the user environment about which the organization wishes to collect and maintain data. An attribute is a named property or characteristic of an entity that is of interest to the organization. A relationship is an association between the instances of one or more entity types that is of interest to the organization. Degree defines the number of entity types that participate in a relationship. Cardinality specifies the number of instances of entity B that can (or must) be associated with each instance of entity A. An associative entity associates the instances of one or more entity types and contains attributes that are peculiar to the relationship between those entity instances.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 99) Discuss unary, binary, and ternary relationships.

Answer: The number of entity types participating in a relationship defines the degree of the relationship. The most common relationships are unary, binary, and ternary. A unary relationship is a relationship between the instances of one entity type. An example of this type of relationship is the person entity. One person (or instance) can be married to another person (or instance). The binary relationship is a relationship between instances of two entity types. An example of this relationship is of a supplier and part. The binary relationship is the most common type of relationship encountered in data modeling. The ternary relationship is a simultaneous relationship among instances of three entity types. An example is a supplier shipping a part to a warehouse.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Synthesis

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

100) Contrast data modeling to process modeling and logic modeling.

Answer: Data modeling focuses on the data that must be stored by the system. Data-flow diagrams and the processing logic techniques demonstrate how, where, and when data are used or modified by the system. However, these techniques do not illustrate the definition, structure, and relationships within the data. By providing this view, data modeling complements the process modeling and logic modeling techniques.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Synthesis 101) Briefly identify the four entity-relationship diagrams that are produced and analyzed during conceptual data modeling.

Answer: The four entity-relationship diagrams are: (1) an entity-relationship diagram that illustrates the data needed in the project's application; (2) an entity-relationship diagram for the system being replaced; (3) an entity-relationship diagram that illustrates the entire database from which the new application's data are extracted; and (4) an entity-relationship diagram for the entire database for the existing application system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Synthesis 102) Briefly discuss generating alternative design strategies.

Answer: The generation of at least three alternative solutions was recommended in the text. The three alternatives represent both ends and the middle of the alternative solution spectrum. A lowend solution, high-end solution, and midrange solution should be identified. Low-end solutions are conservative in terms of the effort, cost, and technology involved in developing a new system. This strategy provides all the required functionality users demand with a system and will meet every constraint. High-end solutions are potential solutions that contain many extra features users may desire. High-end solutions focus on functionality, not cost. High-end solutions will ignore most–if not all–system constraints. Midrange solutions are compromise solutions CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Synthesis

25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Chapter 8 Designing the Human Interface 1) The contents of a form or report correspond to the data elements contained in an associated data flow located on a data-flow diagram.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Every input form is associated with a data flow entering a process on a DFD, and every output form or report is a data flow produced by a process on a DFD. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 2) The data on all forms and reports must consist of data elements in data stores and on the E-R data model for the application or else be computed from these data elements.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This question is consistent with the definition of a form being a business document that contains some predefined data and may include some areas where additional data are to be filled in; typically based on one database record.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 3) Invoices and mailing labels are examples of forms.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Invoices and mailing labels are examples of reports.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 4) On the Internet, form interaction is the standard method of gathering and displaying information.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This occurs when consumers order products, request product information, or query account status.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 5) When preparing an initial prototype of a form or report, the structuring and refinement of the requirements involves much input from the end users.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Structuring and refining the requirements are completed without assistance from the users, although you may occasionally need to contact users to clarify some issue overlooked during analysis.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

6) Often, the initial prototypes of forms and reports are mock screens that are not working modules or systems.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Mock screens can also be produced from a word processor, computer graphics design package, or presentation software.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 7) The major deliverables from the human interface design stage are logic models.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: In the case of designing forms and reports, design specifications are the major deliverables and are inputs to the system implementation and operation phase.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 8) Structure charts, flow charts, and dialogue diagrams are the major deliverables for the human interface design stage.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: In the case of designing forms and reports, design specifications are the major deliverables and are inputs to the system implementation and operation phase.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 9) The purpose of the testing and usability assessment section of a form design specification is to explain to those who will actually develop the final form why this form exists and how it will be used.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Usability assessment is focused on those using the final form, not individuals designing the final form.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 10) Designing usable forms and reports requires your active interaction with users.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Users are critical because they are the individuals who will actually interact with the forms.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 11) Notifying the user of the last page of a multipage sequence is a guideline for designing forms and reports.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Notifying the user of the last page is a standardized guideline recommendation to design an easy navigation system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

12) Gaining an understanding of the skills of the intended system users and the tasks they will be performing is invaluable when constructing a form or report.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: By following this general guideline, your chances of creating effective forms and reports will be enhanced.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 13) Highlighting should be used as often as possible to draw the user away from or to certain information.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: In general, highlighting should be used sparingly to draw the user to or away from certain information and to group together related information.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 14) Color, intensity, and size differences are methods of highlighting.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: These examples including capital letters and different fonts are examples of highlighting and draw attention to the area.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 15) Highlighting techniques can be used singularly or in combination, depending upon the level of emphasis desired by the designer.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Even though highlighting can be used singularly or in combination, it should be used conservatively.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 16) Form designers should use highlighting as often as possible to distinguish the different categories of data.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: In general, highlighting should be used sparingly to draw the user to or away from certain information and to group together related information.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 17) Highlighting methods should be consistently selected and used based upon the level of importance of the emphasized information.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Inconsistent use of highlighting actually introduces additional cognitive load making the form more difficult to navigate.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

18) Generally speaking, highlighting methods appear the same on all output devices.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: For instance, on a computer screen, you could introduce a highlighting feature that changes color. This is not possible on some output devices.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 19) In business-related systems, textual output is becoming less important as the text-based applications that use these systems are slowly disappearing.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: In business-related systems, textual output is becoming increasingly important as text-based applications, such as electronic mail, blogs, and information services (e.g., Dow Jones Industrial Average stock index), are more widely used.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 20) Where possible, text should appear in all uppercase on forms.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Text in all uppercase is considered by many to be shouting and should be avoided.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 21) The guidelines for displaying text include case, spacing, and justification guidelines.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: You should display text using common writing conventions such as mixed upperand lowercase and appropriate punctuation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 22) When designing textual output, the text's case should be displayed in mixed upper- and lowercase.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: You should display text using common writing conventions such as mixed upperand lowercase and appropriate punctuation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 23) When designing textual output, you should use single spacing wherever possible.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: For large blocks of text, and if space permits, text should be double spaced.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) When designing textual output, you should hyphenate words between lines.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: When designing textual output, you should not hyphenate words between lines.

Different browsers will uniquely display information which changes where line breaks occur.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 25) When designing textual output, both the left and right margins should appear justified.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: You should also left justify text with a ragged right margin–research shows that a ragged right margin makes it easier to find the next line of text when reading than when text is both left- and right-justified.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 26) When displaying textual information, use abbreviations and acronyms as often as possible.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: As a student, you have an idea of how many acronyms are used. People without an expertise in a domain area may not know the acronyms.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 27) The context and meaning of tables and lists are derived from the format of the information.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Unlike textual information, where context and meaning are derived through reading, the context and meaning of tables and lists are derived from the format of the information.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 28) When displaying tables and lists, you should right-justify numeric data and align columns by decimal points or other delimiters.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is a best practices guideline for formatting numeric, textual, and alphanumeric data.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 29) When displaying tables and lists, you should break long sequences of alphanumeric data into small groups of three to four characters each.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is a best practices guideline for formatting numeric, textual, and alphanumeric data.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) Tables are very beneficial for analyzing data changes over time.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Line and bar graphs are more appropriate for analyzing data changes over time.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 31) One of the primary advantages of impact printers is their ability to exactly replicate a screen report on paper.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Impact printers are good at rapidly producing reports that contain primarily alphanumeric information but cannot exactly replicate a screen report onto paper.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 32) Interface and dialogue design focuses on how information is provided to and captured from users.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Dialogues are analogous to a conversation between two people.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 33) The JAD approach is used for designing interfaces and dialogues.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Designing forms and reports is a user-focused activity that typically follows a prototyping approach.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 34) Display sequence refers to the way a user can move from one display to another.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: For interface and dialogue designs, one additional subsection is included: a section outlining the dialogue sequence–the ways a user can move from one display to another.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 35) Referencing interface layout guidelines, the standard screen navigation that users use to move between fields should be from left-to-right and top-to-bottom.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This guideline also applies when you work on paper-based forms.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

36) Referencing interface layout guidelines, data fields should be grouped into logical categories with labels describing the contents of the category.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: When appropriate, you should also group data fields into logical categories with labels describing the contents of the category.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 37) Referencing interface layout guidelines, users should not be able to access areas of the screen not used for data entry or commands.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Sometimes additional information is needed on the interface; however, areas of the screen not used for data entry should be locked.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 38) When designing the navigation procedures within a system, the primary concerns are dialogue flow and the instructional features.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: When designing the navigation procedures within your system, flexibility and consistency are primary concerns.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 39) Referencing interface layout guidelines, data should not be permanently saved by the system until the user makes an explicit request to do so.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This option allows the user to abandon a data-entry screen, back up, or move forward without adversely impacting the contents of the permanent data.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 40) Good interface design provides a consistent way for moving the cursor to different places on the form, editing characters and fields, moving among form displays, and obtaining help.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: These good interface design considerations may be provided by keystrokes, mouse, menu, or function keys.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

41) Functional capabilities for providing smooth and easy navigation within a form include cursor-control, editing, exit, and help capabilities.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For example, a good interface design provides a consistent way for moving the cursor to different places on the form, editing characters and fields, moving among form displays, and obtaining help.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 42) When structuring data entry fields, always have the user enter the current date.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Never require the user to enter the current date and time, because each of these values can be easily retrieved from the computer system's internal calendar and clock.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 43) When structuring data entry fields, the system should automatically justify data entries.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Numbers should be right-justified and aligned on decimal points, and text should be left-justified.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 44) When an appending data error has occurred, characters have been lost from the field.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Data errors can occur from appending when extra data is included in a field.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 45) When a transcripting data error occurs, additional characters have been added to a field.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: When a transcripting data error occurs, invalid data has been entered into a field.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 46) The values validation test makes sure that values come from a standard set of values.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For example, one type of values validation tests to ensure that data are of proper type (e.g., all numeric, all alphabetic, alphanumeric).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 47) The size validation test tests for too few or too many characters.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For example, does a Social Security number contain exactly nine digits?

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

48) When data are processed online, it is less likely that data-validity errors will be caught.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: In an online system, most problems can be easily identified and resolved before permanently saving data to a storage device using values validation techniques.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 49) An audit trail is a record of the sequence of data entries and the date of those entries.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A common method used to enhance the validity of entering batches of data records is to create an audit trail of the entire sequence of data entry, processing, and storage.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 50) Building dialogue prototypes and assessing usability are often optional activities.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Depending on the complexity of the system, many are not required to build dialogue prototypes.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 51) Human interface design is performed during: A) systems planning and selection.

B) systems analysis.

C) systems design.

D) systems implementation and operation.

E) requirements structuring.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Both designing the human interface and designing databases are part of the systems design phase of SDLC. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 52) Which of the following is a method for representing human-computer dialogues?

A) Logic modeling B) Sequence modeling C) Process modeling D) Dialogue diagramming E) Transition diagramming Answer: D Explanation: D) Dialogue diagramming is a formal method for designing and representing human-computer dialogues using box-and-line diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

53) System inputs and outputs are produced at the end of the: A) systems analysis phase of the SDLC. B) systems design phase of the SDLC. C) systems planning and selection phase of the SDLC. D) systems implementation and operation phase of the SDLC. E) logic modeling stage.

Answer: A Explanation: A) These inputs and outputs serve as a foundation for the systems design phase of designing the human interface.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 54) Which of the following is the standard method of gathering and displaying information on the Internet?

A) Dialogue interaction B) Form interaction C) Report interaction D) Menu selection E) VRML interaction Answer: B Explanation: B) On the Internet, form interaction is the standard method of gathering and displaying information when consumers order products, request product information, or query account status.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 55) A business document that contains some predefined data and may include some areas where additional data are to be filled in best describes a: A) written procedure.

B) turn-around document.

C) form.

D) report.

E) coupon.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Most forms have a stylized format and are usually not in simple rows and columns.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

56) Which of the following is an example of a form?

A) Invoice B) Pie chart C) Mailing labels D) Weekly sales summaries by region and salesperson E) Automated teller machine transaction layout Answer: E Explanation: E) A teller machine is an example of a form. A form is a business document containing some predefined data and often includes some areas where additional data are to be filled in.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 57) Which of the following is an example of a form?

A) Invoice B) Pie chart C) Mailing labels D) An electronic spreadsheet E) Weekly sales summaries by region and salesperson Answer: D Explanation: D) An electronic spreadsheet is an example of a form. A form is a business document containing some predefined data and often includes some areas where additional data are to be filled in.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 58) Which of the following best describes a business document that contains only predefined data?

A) Electronic spreadsheet B) Turn-around document C) Form D) Report E) Coupon Answer: D Explanation: D) A report is a business document containing only predefined data; it is a passive document used solely for reading or viewing.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

59) Which of the following is an example of a report?

A) Mailing labels B) Computer sign-on screen C) Electronic spreadsheet D) Automated teller machine transaction layout E) Class registration sheet Answer: A Explanation: A) A report is a business document containing only predefined data; it is a passive document used solely for reading or viewing. Often a report has rows and columns of data, but a report may consist of any format–for example, mailing labels.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 60) Each of the following are true statements EXCEPT: A) every output form or report is a data flow produced by a process on a data-flow diagram.

B) forms have a stylized format and are usually not in simple rows and columns.

C) a report is only for reading and often contains data about multiple unrelated records in a computer file.

D) a form typically contains data from only one record.

E) systems inputs and outputs are produced during the systems implementation and operation phase of the systems development life cycle.

Answer: E Explanation: E) System inputs and outputs–forms and reports–are produced at the end of the systems analysis phase of the SDLC. During systems analysis, however, you may not have been concerned with the precise appearance of forms and reports.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 61) Form and report design: A) generally follows a prototyping approach.

B) generally follows a structured methodology.

C) generally follows a structured design approach.

D) generally follows a structured analysis approach.

E) uses Structured English to prepare the design specifications.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Designing forms and reports is a user-focused activity that typically follows a prototyping approach to allow users the opportunity to see the general layout and approach to the forms and reports.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

62) When designing a form or report, which of the following is a fundamental question?

A) Who will pay for the form or report?

B) What reports will be removed?

C) When is the form or report needed and used?

D) Where will the report be housed?

E) How will the report be marketed?

Answer: C Explanation: C) Understanding the skills and abilities of the users helps you create an effective design. Knowing when the form or report is needed and used is an example of a fundamental question.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 63) The major deliverables associated with the human interface design stage are: A) process models.

B) the Baseline Project Plan and structure charts.

C) logic models.

D) design specifications.

E) program specifications.

Answer: D Explanation: D) In the case of designing forms and reports, design specifications are the major deliverables and are inputs to the system implementation and operation phase.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 64) Which of the following is the design specification section that provides a general overview of the characteristics of the target users, tasks, systems, and environmental factors in which the form or report will be used?

A) System description B) Narrative overview C) Sample design D) Testing and usability assessment E) Project overview Answer: B Explanation: B) The narrative overview provides a general overview of the characteristics of the target users, tasks, system, and environmental factors in which the form or report will be used.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

65) Which part of the design specification explains to those who will actually develop the final form why this form exists and how it will be used so that they can make the appropriate implementation decisions?

A) System description B) Narrative overview C) Sample design D) Testing and usability assessment E) Project overview Answer: B Explanation: B) The narrative overview provides a general overview of the characteristics of the target users, tasks, system, and environmental factors in which the form or report will be used. Its purpose is to explain to those who will actually develop the final form, why this form exists, and how it will be used so that they can make the appropriate implementation decisions.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 66) Designing usable forms and reports requires: A) prototyping.

B) data modeling.

C) active interaction with end users.

D) process modeling.

E) using structured analysis.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Keep in mind that designing usable forms and reports requires your active interaction with users. If this single and fundamental activity occurs, you will likely create effective designs. For example, the human-computer interface is one of the greatest challenges.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 67) Which of the following is a guideline for designing forms and reports?

A) Design a complex navigation system B) Balance the layout C) Include as much additional information as possible to be comprehensive D) Use abbreviations in titles E) Limit the forms or reports to 1000 rows Answer: B Explanation: B) By creating a balanced layout, another with adhering to others key guidelines will increase the chances of creating effective forms and reports.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

68) Providing a current date that identifies when the form or report was generated corresponds to the form and report guideline of: A) balance the layout.

B) design an easy navigation system.

C) include meaningful information.

D) use meaningful titles.

E) market the form.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The date that identifies the data in the form, or report, is part of the meaningful title.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 69) Making sure that all data and entry fields are clearly labeled corresponds to the following form and report guideline: A) balance the layout.

B) design an easy navigation system.

C) use meaningful titles.

D) include meaningful information.

E) market the form.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Information balanced on the screen or page includes adequate spacing and margins used as well as all data and entry fields clearly labeled.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 70) A common mistake using highlighting includes: A) blinking and audible tones.

B) color differences.

C) intensity differences.

D) size differences.

E) overusing highlighting elements.

Answer: E Explanation: E) In general, highlighting should be used sparingly to draw the user to or away from certain information and to group together related information.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

71) Commonly used methods for highlighting include each of the following EXCEPT: A) reverse video.

B) boxing.

C) spacing.

D) underlining.

E) all capital letters.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Spacing is used in forms, but not considered a formal highlighting method like the others are.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 72) Each of the following is a true statement about highlighting EXCEPT: A) highlighting techniques can be used singularly or in combination, depending upon the level of emphasis desired by the designer.

B) highlighting should be used conservatively.

C) highlighting methods should be consistently selected and used based upon the level of importance of the emphasized information.

D) highlighting should be used as frequently as possible to draw the user to or away from certain information and to group together related information.

E) it is important to examine how a particular highlighting method appears on all possible output devices that could be used with the system.

Answer: D Explanation: D) In general, highlighting should be used sparingly to draw the user to or away from certain information and to group together related information.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 73) Which of the following is a guideline for displaying text?

A) Use double spacing if space permits.

B) Do not hyphenate words between lines.

C) Left-justify text and leave a ragged right margin.

D) Display text in mixed upper- and lowercase and use conventional punctuation.

E) All of the above are guidelines for displaying text.

Answer: E Explanation: E) You should display text using common writing conventions such as mixed upper- and lowercase and appropriate punctuation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

74) Each of the following is a guideline for displaying text EXCEPT: A) use abbreviations and acronyms instead of full text.

B) do not hyphenate words between lines.

C) left-justify text and leave a ragged right margin.

D) display text in mixed upper- and lowercase and use conventional punctuation.

E) use double spacing if space permits.

Answer: A Explanation: A) You should display text using common writing conventions such as mixed upper- and lowercase, appropriate punctuation, and avoid abbreviations.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 75) Which of the following are general guidelines for displaying tables and lists?

A) All columns and rows should not contain labels.

B) Place three blank lines between every five rows in long columns.

C) Use the same family of typefaces within and across displays and reports.

D) Do not include white space on printed reports for the user to write notes.

E) Rows should be limited to 1000.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Using the same family of typefaces is a best practices guideline for formatting columns, rows, and text.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 76) Which of the following is NOT a general guideline for displaying tables and lists?

A) Labels should be separated from other information by using highlighting.

B) Avoid overly fancy fonts.

C) Columns should have at least two spaces between them.

D) Right-justify textual data, and use a short line length.

E) Similar information displayed in multiple columns should be sorted vertically.

Answer: D Explanation: D) You should also left justify text with a ragged right margin–research shows that a ragged right margin makes it easier to find the next line of text when reading than when text is both left- and right-justified.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

77) Which of the following is NOT a true statement regarding paper versus electronic reports?

A) Ink-jet printers and laser printers produce reports that look identical to the display screen.

B) Impact printers can exactly replicate a screen report to paper.

C) Impact printers are very fast, very reliable, and relatively inexpensive.

D) Impact printers are mainly used for producing large batches of reports.

E) When designing forms and reports for use with impact printers, you may be limited in the range of formatting, text types, and highlighting options.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Impact printers are good at rapidly producing reports that contain primarily alphanumeric information but cannot exactly replicate a screen report onto paper.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 78) Which of the following focuses on how information is provided to and captured from users?

A) Structure chart B) Flow chart C) Entity-relationship diagram D) PERT diagram E) Interface and dialogue design Answer: E Explanation: E) Dialogues are analogous to a conversation between two people. The grammatical rules followed by each person during a conversation are analogous to the humancomputer interface.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 79) When designing interfaces and dialogues, you follow a: A) prototyping approach.

B) structured methodology approach.

C) structured design approach.

D) structured analysis approach.

E) Structured English approach.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Designing forms and reports is a user-focused activity that typically follows a prototyping approach.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

80) The way a user can move from one display to another best describes: A) dialogue sequence.

B) transition plan.

C) menu-driven interface.

D) screen sequence.

E) computer interface.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A dialogue is the sequence in which information is displayed to and obtained from a user.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 81) When designing the navigation procedures within your system, the primary concerns are: A) the design of between-field navigation and the ability to provide feedback.

B) grouping data fields into logical categories and assigning group labels.

C) consistency.

D) formatting and meaningful labels.

E) spacing and color differences.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Dialogues need to be consistent in sequence of actions, keystrokes, and terminology. In other words, use the same labels for the same operations on all screens and the same location of the same information on all displays.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 82) Which of the following functional capabilities are required for providing smooth and easy navigation within a form?

A) Star capabilities B) Blending capabilities C) Capital capabilities D) Help capabilities E) Cash capabilities Answer: D Explanation: D) Help capabilities specifically address getting help on a data field as well as getting help on a full screen/form.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

83) Movement to another screen corresponds to the functional requirement of: A) cursor-control capabilities.

B) editing capabilities.

C) exit capabilities.

D) help capabilities.

E) formatting capabilities.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Exit Capabilities include transmitting the screen to the application program, and moving to another screen/form. Confirm the saving of edits or go to another screen/form.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 84) Which of the following is NOT a rule for structuring data entry fields?

A) Never require the user to enter information that is already available within the system.

B) Users should enter current dates into the form.

C) Require users to specify the dimensional units of a particular value.

D) All data entered onto a screen should automatically justify in a standard format.

E) Always place a caption adjacent to fields.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Never require the user to enter the current date and time, because each of these values can be easily retrieved from the computer system's internal calendar and clock.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 85) Which of the following is NOT a rule for structuring data entry fields?

A) Never require data that is already online or that can be computed.

B) Always provide default values when appropriate.

C) Data entries should not be justified.

D) Always place a caption adjacent to fields.

E) Provide context-sensitive help when appropriate.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Numbers should be right-justified and aligned on decimal points, and text should be left-justified.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 86) Reversing the sequence of one or more characters in a field is called: A) transposing.

B) transcripting.

C) appending.

D) truncating.

E) hashing.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Transposing one or more characters within a field include reversing the sequence of one or more characters in a field.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

87) Entering invalid data into a field describes: A) transposing.

B) transcripting.

C) appending.

D) truncating.

E) hashing.

Answer: B Explanation: B) You must anticipate common errors such as transcripting errors to avoid dataentry mistakes.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 88) Testing to assure that data is of proper type is the purpose of the: A) expected values validation test.

B) range validation test.

C) class or composition validation test.

D) values validation test.

E) self-checking digits validation test.

Answer: C Explanation: C) For instance, you can test to ensure that all data is all numeric or alphanumeric.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 89) Testing to ensure that data conforms to a standard format is the purpose of the: A) missing data validation test.

B) pictures/templates validation test.

C) reasonableness validation test.

D) size validation test.

E) self-checking digits validation test.

Answer: B Explanation: B) For instance, to test to ensure that data conform to a standard format, you might make sure all hyphens are in the correct places for a student ID number.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 90) "Please wait while I open the file" is an example of: A) status information.

B) a remark.

C) a warning message.

D) a prompting cue.

E) a class or composition validation test.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Providing status information is a simple technique for keeping users informed of what is going on within a system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

91) Using lists to break information into manageable pieces conforms to the SOS guideline of: A) shortcuts.

B) organize.

C) simplicity.

D) show.

E) sequence.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Organize, along with simplify and show, are formal guidelines for designing system help.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 92) The ability to provide field-level help is often referred to as: A) context-sensitive help.

B) screen-level help.

C) systems-level help.

D) application-level help.

E) user-level help.

Answer: A Explanation: A) For some applications, providing context-sensitive help for all system options is a tremendous undertaking that is virtually a project in itself.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 93) The sequence of interaction between a user and a system best describes a(n): A) interface.

B) discussion.

C) dialogue.

D) session.

E) listing.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The process of designing the overall sequences that users follow to interact with an information system is called dialogue design.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

94) The technique where users must confirm their intention twice before being allowed to proceed is called: A) double-confirmation.

B) double-checking.

C) replacement confirmation.

D) validity confirmation.

E) feedback confirmation.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Double-confirmation is best for actions making permanent changes to system data files.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 95) The guideline specifying that dialogues be logically grouped and have a beginning, middle, and end is: A) closure.

B) shortcuts and sequence.

C) consistency.

D) control.

E) feedback.

Answer: A Explanation: A) For instance, the last in the sequence of screens should indicate that there are no more screens.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 96) The guideline specifying that dialogues be simple for users to enter information and navigate between screens is: A) navigation.

B) ease.

C) shortcuts and sequence.

D) reversal.

E) feedback.

Answer: B Explanation: B) An example of ease includes providing a straight-forward means to move forward, backward, and to specific screens, such as first and last.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

97) A formal method for designing and representing human-computer dialogues using box and line diagrams is referred to as: A) interface design.

B) dialogue diagramming.

C) conversation modeling.

D) entity-relationship diagramming.

E) logic modeling.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The formal method of dialogue diagramming includes three components which are a top, middle, and bottom.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 98) Which of the following is a technique for showing users where they are in a Web site by placing a series of "tabs" on a Web page that shows users where they are and where they have been?

A) Cookie crumbs B) Site markers C) Data markers D) Site locators E) Site maps Answer: A Explanation: A) Cookie crumbs resemble the children's story where cookie crumbs are dropped to help the character know where he or she had been. If I remember correctly, it didn't work out so well.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 99) The use of small, simple images to allow a Web page to be displayed more quickly best describes: A) icons.

B) lightweight graphics.

C) cookie crumbs.

D) MPEG files.

E) template-based HTML. Answer: B Explanation: B) From an earlier chapter you learned users will connect to the system with different connection speeds. Lightweight graphics help for those with slower connections.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

100) Templates used to display and process common attributes of higher-level, more abstract items best describes: A) object-oriented templates.

B) CGI scripts.

C) Java.

D) style sheet-based HTML. E) style sheet-based XML. Answer: D Explanation: D) Thus, style sheet-based HTML design allows the content of a Web page to remain separate from the way it is formatted.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 101) Identify four sources of data errors.

Answer: Sources of data errors include appending, truncating, transcripting, and transposing.

Appending is the addition of extra characters to a field. Losing characters from a field is called truncating. Transcripting is defined as entering invalid data into a field. Transposing involves reversing the sequence of one or more characters in a field.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 102) Identify ten validation tests and techniques used to enhance the validity of data input.

Answer: Class or composition, combinations, expected values, missing data, pictures/templates, range, reasonableness, self-checking digits, size, and values are ten validation tests and techniques. The class or composition test checks to assure that data are of proper type. The combinations test checks to see if the value combinations of two or more data fields are appropriate or make sense. The expected values test checks to see if data are what is expected.

The missing data test checks for existence of data items in all fields of a record. The pictures/templates test assures that data conform to a standard format. The range test assures that data are within a proper range of values. The reasonableness test assures that data are reasonable for a given situation. The self-checking digits test is a test where an extra digit is added to a numeric field in which its value is derived using a standard formula. Testing for too few or too many characters is referred to as a size test. A values test checks to make sure values come from a set of standard values.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 103) Briefly discuss the SOS guidelines.

Answer: The authors provided their SOS guidelines for the design of system help. SOS stands for simplicity, organize, and show. Simplicity refers to using short, straightforward wording, common spelling, and complete sentences. Organize suggests using lists to break information into manageable pieces. Show recommends providing examples of proper use and the outcomes of such use.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

104) List eight guidelines for the design of human-computer dialogues.

Answer: The eight guidelines are consistency, shortcuts and sequence, feedback, closure, error handling, reversal, control, and ease.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 105) Identify the three-step process for designing dialogues.

Answer: The three steps are designing the dialogue sequence, building a prototype, and assessing usability.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

26 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Chapter 9 Designing Databases 1) One of the purposes of logical and physical database design is to choose data-storage technologies that will efficiently, accurately, and securely process database activities.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: One of the five purposes of logical and physical design is to determine the datastorage for the database. Databases are often stored on multiple devices along with additional back-up devices.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 2) The selection of data-storage technologies is made during the systems implementation and operation phase.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The selection of data-storage is one of five purposes of logical and physical design which is part of the systems design phase of SDLC. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 3) The network model is the most common style for a logical database model.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The relational model is the most common type of logical database model.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 4) Generally speaking, logical and physical database design is performed in parallel with other systems design steps.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Thus, you collect the detailed specifications of data necessary for logical database design as you design system inputs and outputs.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 5) Normalization helps build a data model that is simple, not redundant, and requires minimum maintenance.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The purpose of normalization is to improve the quality of data by reducing delete, insert, and modification challenges.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

6) During logic modeling, the normalized data requirements from all user interfaces are combined into one consolidated logical database model.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: During view integration, the normalized data requirements are combined into one consolidated logical database model.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 7) Conceptual modeling is performed during systems design.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Conceptual modeling (i.e., data flow diagramming) is performed during the systems analysis of SDLC. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 8) The selection of the appropriate data types of attributes from the logical database model is made during physical database design.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Choosing the storage format (called data type) for each attribute from the logical database model; the format is chosen to minimize storage space and to maximize data quality.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 9) In general, data structure refers to grouping attributes from the logical database model into physical records.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In general, this is called selecting a stored record, or data structure.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 10) A file organization is an arrangement of related records in secondary memory so that individual and groups of records can be stored, retrieved, and updated rapidly.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: One of the five purposes of logical and physical design is to determine the datastorage for the database. Databases are often stored on multiple devices along with additional back-up devices.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 11) The primary deliverable from logical database design is a conceptual model.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Normalized relations are the primary deliverable from logical database design.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

12) When using the normalized relation notation, the primary key attribute is indicated by a dashed underline.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The primary key attribute is indicated by a solid underline.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 13) A relation corresponds to a computer file.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Each relation (or table) consists of a set of named columns and an arbitrary number of unnamed rows. Each column in a relation corresponds to an attribute of that relation. Each row of a relation corresponds to a record that contains data values for an entity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 14) During physical database design, relations from logical database design are translated into computer file specifications.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For most information systems, these files will be tables in a relational database.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 15) The network database model is a popular database technology for new information systems.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Although the network database model may have been popular in the past, the relational model is by far the most popular model used today.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 16) Object-oriented database models are the most frequently used database technologies for new information systems development.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The relational model, not object-oriented model is by far the most frequently used database technology used today. The object-oriented model has not taken off.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 17) Each column in a relation corresponds to an entity type.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Each entity type in the E-R diagram becomes a relation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

18) Each row of a relation corresponds to a record that contains data values for an entity.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is also called an entity instance that contains information about a specific entity in a relation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 19) One property of a relation is that entries in columns are from the same set of values.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is one of the requirements to be a relation and required for a relation to be in first normal form.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 20) Referencing a relation, the sequence of columns cannot be interchanged without changing the meaning or use of the relation.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Because the relational model is based on relational algebra, the order of the columns does not matter. For instance, 4*5 is the same as 5*4.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 21) A well-structured relation contains data about two or more entities.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The idea of a well-structured relation is that each relation contains data about one entity or theme.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 22) The result of normalization is that every nonprimary key attribute depends upon the whole primary key and nothing but the primary key.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This indicates the relation is normalized to BCNF which includes 1st, 2nd, and 3rd normal forms as well.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 23) Normalization is based on an analysis of weak entities.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Normalization is based on the analysis of determinants and functional dependencies.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) If for every valid value of A the value of B is determined by the value of A, then B is functionally dependent on A. Answer: TRUE Explanation: For instance, if A is your student ID and B is your last name, then B is functionally dependent on A. In other words, if I know your student ID, I can determine your last name.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 25) An attribute can be functionally dependent on more than one attribute.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A composite primary key is an example where a nonkey attribute can be functionally dependent on the composite primary key (determinates).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 26) A relation is said to be in second normal form if the primary key consists of a combination key, and the nonkey attributes are partially dependent on the primary key.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The relation described in this case actually violates second normal form because partial dependencies are not allowed.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 27) A relation is in second normal form if every nonprimary key attribute is functionally dependent on the whole primary key.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The key word in this question is "whole primary key." Partial dependencies violate second normal form.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 28) A relation is said to be in second normal form if the primary key consists of only one attribute.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: You cannot have a partial dependency if there is only one primary key. Therefore, you cannot violate second normal form without a composite primary key.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 29) Transitive attributes are attributes that determine other attributes.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Determinants, not transitive attributes determine other attributes.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) A relation is said to be in second normal form when there are no transitive dependencies.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A relation is said to be in second normal form when there are no partial dependencies.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 31) A business rule is an integrity constraint specifying that the value of an attribute in one relation depends on the value of the same attribute in another relation.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Referential integrity in integrity constraint specifying that the value (or existence) of an attribute in one relation depends on the value (or existence) of the same attribute in another relation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 32) The creation of a separate relation is sometimes required to represent a relationship.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is particularly common when a relation violates 2nd and 3rd normal form. In these cases, new relations are created.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 33) Referential integrity specifies that the value of an attribute of one relation depends on the existence of the same attribute in another relation.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For instance, you can't have StudentID in STUDENT_CLASS unless StudentID already exists in STUDENT. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 34) Each entity type in an ER Diagram becomes an attribute.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Each entity type in an ER Diagram becomes a relation, not an attribute.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 35) The value of a key attribute in a relation must uniquely identify every row in the relation.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is because in a relation, each row must be unique. This primary key ensures that each row is unique.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

36) A key can be redundant.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Because a primary key uniquely identifies a row, it must not be redundant. It must be unique.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 37) A binary 1 to many relationship in an ER Diagram is represented by adding the primary key of the entity on the one side of the relationship as a foreign key to the entity on the many side.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For instance, in a CUSTOMER, ORDER relationship, the primary key of CUSTOMER is placed as a foreign key ORDER. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 38) For a binary one-to-one relationship between two entities, A and B, the primary key of A becomes a foreign key in B and the primary key in B becomes a foreign key in A. Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is one possible option that is correct. The other is to only take the primary key of A and place it as a foreign key in B. Finally, you could take the primary key of B and place it as a foreign key in A. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 39) When two relations, A and B, have a many-to-many relationship, we create a separate relation, C, to represent this.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Many-to-many relationships do not work in relational databases and a separate association or intersection relationship must be created.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 40) A corporal key is one assigned by the system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A nonintelligent key is a system-assigned unique value.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 41) A recursive foreign key is a foreign key in a relation that references the primary key value of the same relation.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An example of this would be faculty members having a faculty sponsor. Both of these individuals are from the same relation creating a recursive relationship.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

42) When modeling a many-to-many unary relationship, the primary key of the relation representing the relationship is always singular.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Unary relationships can have composite primary keys just like any other relations.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 43) View integration is the last step of logical database design.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: View integration, also called merging relations, is the last step which is the last step in logical database design and prior to physical file and database design.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 44) Two different names used for the same attribute is called a homonym.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Two different names for the same attribute is called a synonym, not a homonym.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 45) Two different names used for the same attribute is called a synonym.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In some situations, two or more attributes may have different names but the same meaning, as when they describe the same characteristic of an entity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 46) A default value is a value a field will assume unless an explicit value is entered for that field.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For example, the city and state of most customers for a particular retail store will likely be the same as the store's city and state.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 47) A null value is used to represent the zero digit in a relation.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Zero is actually a value and a null value is an absence of a value or an unknown value.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

48) Efficient use of secondary storage and data processing speed are the two goals of physical table design.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is based, in part, on how and where relations are stored and backed up on physical storage devices.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 49) Generally speaking, a physical table always corresponds to a relation.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A physical table may or may not correspond to one relation. For instance, in a many-to-many relationship, these relations typically require three tables.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 50) Denormalization reduces the chance of errors introduced by normalizing relations.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Denormalization can increase the chance of errors and inconsistencies that normalization avoided.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 51) Denormalization is the process of splitting or combining normalized relations into physical tables based on EFFICIENCY of use of rows and fields.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Denormalization is the process of splitting or combining normalized relations into physical tables based on affinity of use of rows and fields.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 52) A data marker is a field of data that can be used to locate a related field or row of data.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A pointer is a field of data that can be used to locate a related field or row of data.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 53) When using the sequential file organization, the addition of rows requires rewriting the file.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In a sequential file organization, the rows in the file are stored in sequence according to a primary key value. Adding a row requires rewriting the file.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

54) Sequential files are practical for random row retrievals.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: An indexed file organization is better for random row retrievals.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 55) Indexes should be used generously for databases intended primarily to support data retrievals.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Some DBMS even make recommendations if an index should be added to make the program run more efficiently.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 56) Indexes should be used generously for databases that support transaction processing and other applications with heavy updating requirements.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Because they impose additional overhead, indexes should be used judiciously for databases that support transaction processing and other applications with heavy updating requirements.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 57) The hashed file organization determines the address for each row by using an algorithm.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Leading DBMS often convert SQL code to a hashed organization to run the code more efficiently.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 58) Sequential retrieval on the primary key is impractical with the hashed file organization.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Although there are several variations of hashed files, in most cases the rows are located nonsequentially as dictated by the hashing algorithm. This makes sequential retrieval impractical.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 59) A primary key is converted in a hashed file organization.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In hashed file organization, the address of each row is determined using an algorithm (see Figure 9-20C) that converts a primary key value into a row address.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

60) Multiple key retrieval is possible with sequential file organization.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Multiple key retrieval is possible with sequential file organization; the problem is a table scan is required which slows the system.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 61) File restoration can be achieved through backup copies of a file, audit trails, and row image files.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: When a file is damaged, it must be restored to an accurate and reasonably current condition. File restoration techniques help mitigate these challenges.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 62) Data security can be built into a file through encryption, passwords, or prohibiting users from directly manipulating a file.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: These are essential duties of a database administrator to help protect the assets and data of an organization.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 63) Designing the database for an Internet-based electronic commerce application differs significantly from the process followed when designing the database for other types of applications.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Similar to ER-Diagramming for Internet-based electronic commerce applications, electronic commerce database design is largely similar to other database design projects.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 64) Which of the following is a purpose of logical model and physical database design?

A) Structure the data in unstable structures that are likely to change over time and that have extensive redundancy.

B) Develop a logical database to help identify a steering committee.

C) Develop a logical database design from which we can do physical database design.

D) Translate a relational database model into network database models.

E) Develop a marketing plan for both logical and physical database design.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The logical model serves as a foundation for creating the physical database design for the organization.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

65) Which of the following is NOT associated with logical and physical database design?

A) Structure the data in stable structures that are not likely to change over time and that have minimal redundancy.

B) The preparation of a final conceptual model and the implementation of the database.

C) Develop a logical database design from which we can do physical database design.

D) Develop a logical database design that reflects the actual data requirements that exist in the forms and reports of an information system.

E) Translate a relational database model into a technical file and database design.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The logical model takes place during the systems analysis phase and the database design takes place during system design. Neither is part of the implementation phase of the SDLC. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 66) The most common style for a logical database model is the: A) relational database model.

B) hierarchical database model.

C) network database model.

D) object-oriented database model.

E) hybrid database model.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The relational model is by far the most frequently used database technology used today. Competing models such as the object-oriented approach have not taken off.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 67) During logical database design, the work of all systems development team members is coordinated and shared through: A) the project dictionary.

B) scheduled weekly meetings.

C) the project leader.

D) JAD sessions.

E) walkthroughs.

Answer: A Explanation: A) As with conceptual data modeling, the work of all systems development team members is coordinated and shared through the project dictionary or repository.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

68) Which of the following is NOT a key step in logical database design?

A) Combine normalized data requirements from all user interfaces into one consolidated logical database model.

B) Compare the consolidated logical database design with the translated E-R model and produce, through view integration, one final logical database design for the application.

C) Model how data flow through an information system, the relationships among the data flows, and how data come to be stored at specific locations.

D) Translate the conceptual E-R data model for the application into normalized data requirements.

E) Using normalization principles, develop a logical data model for each known user view for the application.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The data-flow diagrams and E-R data models are created at the systems analysis phase as part of conceptual modeling, not physical design.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 69) Combining all normalized user views into one consolidated logical database model refers to: A) normalization.

B) requirements structuring.

C) file integration.

D) view integration.

E) logic modeling.

Answer: D Explanation: D) When combining relations through view integration, you must understand the meaning of the data and must be prepared to resolve any problems that may arise in that process.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 70) During physical design, you typically don't consider: A) the definitions of each attribute.

B) the descriptions of where and when data are entered, retrieved, deleted, and updated.

C) the expectations for response time and data integrity.

D) the descriptions of the file and database technologies to be used.

E) creating a new set of E-R models.

Answer: E Explanation: E) E-R models are created as part of the logical modeling part of the analysis phase of the SDLC. The others are typically considered during physical design.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

71) Key physical database design decisions typically do not include: A) choosing the storage format for each attribute from the logical database model.

B) grouping attributes from the logical database model into physical records.

C) arranging related records in secondary memory so that individual and groups of records can be stored, retrieved, and updated rapidly.

D) selecting media and structures for storing data to make access more efficient.

E) conducting requirements structuring.

Answer: E Explanation: E) Requirements structuring is part of the systems analysis phase of the SDLC. The others are related to key physical database decisions.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 72) Using the normalized relation notation, an attribute of a relation which is the primary key of another relation is indicated by: A) an underline.

B) a circle.

C) a dashed underline.

D) italics.

E) a double-lined ellipse.

Answer: C Explanation: C) This indicates to the designer that the attribute will uniquely identify an entity instance (row).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 73) The primary deliverable from logical database design is: A) normalized relations.

B) design specifications.

C) an updated Baseline Project Plan.

D) a list of alternatives design strategies.

E) a production system.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Normalized relations are the primary deliverable from logical database design.

This helps overcome unexpected consequences from adding, modifying, or deleting information.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

74) A data model that represents data in the form of tables or relations is called a(n): A) hierarchical database model.

B) network database model.

C) relational database model.

D) hybrid database model.

E) object-oriented database model.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Although other network database models may have been popular in the past, the relational model is by far the most popular model used today.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 75) A named two-dimensional table of data is a(n): A) network.

B) tree structure.

C) relation.

D) tuple.

E) object.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A relation contains two-dimensions including attributes (columns) and records (rows).

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 76) Which of the following is NOT a true statement regarding a relation?

A) Each relation consists of a set of named columns and an arbitrary number of unnamed rows.

B) Each column in a relation corresponds to an attribute of that relation.

C) An entry at the intersection of each row and column has a single value.

D) The columns may not be interchanged or stored any sequence.

E) The rows may be interchanged or stored in any sequence.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Because the relational model is based on relational algebra, the order of the columns does not matter. For instance, 4*5 is the same as 5*4.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 77) Assume the structure of a relation is Employee (EmpID, Name, Dept, Salary). The number of attributes for this relation would: A) be three.

B) be four.

C) be five.

D) be six.

E) vary depending upon the number of employees.

Answer: B Explanation: B) There are four attributes, EmpID, Name, Dept, and Salary.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

78) Which of the following properties of a relation states that an entry at the intersection of each row and column is single-valued?

A) Entries in cells are simple.

B) Entries in columns are from the same set of values.

C) Each row is unique.

D) The sequence of rows is insignificant.

E) The sequence of columns can be interchanged.

Answer: A Explanation: A) To be considered a relation, the entries in a cell are required to be simple and not contain multiple values.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 79) A relation that contains a minimum amount of redundancy and allows users to insert, modify, and delete the rows in a table without errors or inconsistencies is a(n): A) independent relation.

B) simple relation.

C) unnormalized relation.

D) well-structured relation.

E) derived relation.

Answer: D Explanation: D) This typically indicates that all determinants are candidate keys.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 80) The process of converting complex data structures into simple, stable data structures is referred to as: A) normalization.

B) simplification.

C) structuring.

D) process modeling.

E) relational conversion.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Normalization is based on the analysis of determinants and functional dependencies. A normalized relation helps avoid insert, delete, and modification problems.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

81) When each nonprimary key attribute is identified by the whole key, the relation is said to be in at least: A) second normal form.

B) third normal form.

C) fourth normal form.

D) fifth normal form.

E) a relational form.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Second normal form deals with composite primary keys where part of the key determines another non-key attribute.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 82) A particular relationship between two attributes best defines: A) context.

B) functional dependency.

C) normal form.

D) structure.

E) join.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Normalization is based on the analysis of determinants and functional dependencies. A normalized relation helps avoid insert, delete, and modification problems.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 83) For any relation R, if, for every valid instance of A, that value of A uniquely determines the value of B: A) then a primary dependency exists in the relation.

B) then A is said to be functionally dependent on B. C) then B is said to be functionally dependent on A. D) then A and B are candidate keys for the relation.

E) None of the above are true.

Answer: C Explanation: C) For instance, if A is your student ID and B is your last name, then B is functionally dependent on A. In other words, if I know your student ID, I can determine your last name.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

84) The relation state specifying that nonprimary key attributes do not depend on other nonprimary key attributes is: A) first normal form.

B) second normal form.

C) Boyce-Codd normal form.

D) third normal form.

E) fifth normal form.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A relation is said to be in third normal form when there are no transitive dependencies.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 85) The dependence of nonprimary key attributes on other nonprimary key attributes best describes a: A) relationship dependency.

B) transitive dependency.

C) weak attribute.

D) weak entity.

E) weak relationship.

Answer: B Explanation: B) A relation is said to be in third normal form when there are no transitive dependencies.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 86) An attribute that appears as a nonkey attribute in one relation and as a primary key attribute (or part of a primary key) in another relation is a: A) foreign key.

B) candidate key.

C) pointer.

D) relationship key.

E) marker.

Answer: A Explanation: A) For instance, in a CUSTOMER, ORDER relationship, the primary key of CUSTOMER is placed as a foreign key ORDER. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

87) If OrderNumber serves as the primary key in the ORDER relation and also appears as a nonkey attribute in the INVOICE relation, then OrderNumber is said to be a: A) foreign key.

B) candidate key.

C) pointer.

D) relationship key.

E) marker.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Because the primary key OrderNumber and it is placed in the ORDER relation, it is considered a foreign key.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 88) The integrity constraint that specifies that the value (or existence) of an attribute in one relation depends on the value (or existence) of the same attribute in another relation is called: A) foreign integrity.

B) attribute integrity.

C) referential integrity.

D) dependence integrity.

E) join integrity.

Answer: C Explanation: C) For instance, you can't have StudentID in STUDENT_CLASS unless StudentID already exists in STUDENT. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 89) Which is the primary key(s) in the following STUDENT_GRADE(StudentID, CourseID, Grade)?

A) STUDENT_GRADE B) StudentID C) CourseID D) StudentID, CourseID E) Grade Answer: D Explanation: D) The relation STUDENT_GRADE has a composite primary key.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application

19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

90) Given the relation EMPLOYEE(ID#, LastName, ProjectID, ProjectName) and ProjectID can determine ProjectName, but not last name, the relation violates: A) 1st normal form.

B) Mills normal form.

C) 2nd normal form.

D) 3rd normal form.

E) Olsen normal form.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A relation is said to be in third normal form when there are no transitive dependencies. ProjectID determining ProjectName is a transitive dependency.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 91) Each regular entity type in an E-R diagram is transformed into a: A) row in a relation.

B) column in a relation.

C) relation.

D) tuple in a relation.

E) database.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Each entity type in an E-R Diagram becomes a Relation by adding additional information such as data type, and null or not null.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 92) When transforming an E-R diagram into normalized relations, the identifier of the entity type becomes: A) the primary key of the corresponding relation.

B) the foreign key in the corresponding relation.

C) a nonkey attribute in the corresponding relation.

D) a secondary key in the corresponding relation.

E) a homonym in the corresponding relation.

Answer: A Explanation: A) This primary key uniquely identifies an entity instance (row) in the relation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

93) Which of the following properties should be satisfied when the identifier of the entity type becomes the primary key of the corresponding relation?

A) The value of the key must uniquely identify every row in the relation.

B) The key should serve as a foreign key in at least two other relations.

C) The key must be a composite of a primary key and a secondary key.

D) The key should be an intelligent key.

E) The key should allow for null values.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A primary key is an attribute whose value is unique across all occurrences of a relation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 94) An entity whose primary key depends on the primary key of another entity is called a: A) referential entity.

B) candidate entity.

C) transitive entity.

D) dependent entity.

E) weak entity.

Answer: E Explanation: E) For instance, a STUDENT_COURSE relation would not exist if we didn't have both a STUDENT and COURSE relation. In this case, STUDENT_COURSE is a weak entity.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 95) A binary one-to-many relationship in an E-R diagram is best represented by: A) the creation of a separate relation; the primary key of this new relation is a composite key consisting of the primary key for each of the two entities in the relationship.

B) adding the primary key attribute (or attributes) of the entity on the one side of the relationship as a foreign key in the relation that is on the many side of the relationship.

C) adding the primary key attribute (or attributes) of the entity on the many side of the relationship as a foreign key in the relation that is on the one side of the relationship.

D) creating a relation with a composite primary key and nonkey attributes.

E) none of the above.

Answer: B Explanation: B) For instance, in a CUSTOMER, ORDER relationship, the primary key of CUSTOMER is placed as a foreign key ORDER. CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

96) For a binary one-to-one relationship between two entities A and B, the relationship is represented by: A) adding the primary key of A as a foreign key of B. B) adding the primary key of C as a foreign key of D. C) combining the two entities into one relation.

D) creating a third relation to represent the relationship between the two entities.

E) deleting the primary keys.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Although there are several acceptable ways to do a one-to-one relationship, only adding the primary key of A as a foreign key of B is correct among the answer choices.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 97) Another name for a unary relationship is a: A) recursive relationship B) composite relationship C) recovering relationship.

D) partial relationship E) transitive relationship Answer: A Explanation: A) A unary relationship is a relationship between the instances of a single entity type, which are also called recursive relationships.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 98) For a binary many-to-many relationship existing between entity types A and B: A) a separate relation C is created; the primary key of relation C is a composite key consisting of the primary key for each of the two entities in the relationship.

B) the primary keys of relation A and relation B become foreign keys in a new relation C. C) secondary keys are used to establish the relationship.

D) place the primary key of either entity in the relation for the other entity or do this for both entities.

E) Entity A and B are merged into one.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Relational databases do not allow for many-to-many relationships. Because of this, an association relation must be created.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept

22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

99) Given a FACULTY relation that includes both faculty and faculty sponsors attributes from the same data, this would be considered a: A) binary relationship.

B) transitive relationship.

C) recursive relationship.

D) dependent relationship.

E) singular relationship.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A recursive relationship is a relationship between the instances of a single entity type.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Application 100) A foreign key in a relation that references the primary key values of that same relation is referred to as a: A) secondary key.

B) recursive foreign key.

C) composite key.

D) complex key.

E) concatenated key.

Answer: B Explanation: B) This takes place with recursive relationships between the instance of a single entity type.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Concept 101) Outline the four key steps in logical database modeling and design.

Answer: The four key steps in logical database modeling and design are: (1) using normalization principles, develop a logical data model for each known user interface for the application; (2) combine normalized data requirements from all user interfaces into one consolidated logical database model; (3) translate the conceptual E-R data model for the application into normalized data requirements; and (4) compare the consolidated logical database design with the translated E-R model, and produce, through view integration, one final logical database model for the application.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Synthesis 102) Identify the five properties of a relation.

Answer: The five properties that distinguish a relation from a nonrelational table are: (1) entries in cells are simple; (2) entries in columns are from the same set of values; (3) each row is unique; (4) the sequence of columns is insignificant; and (5) the sequence of rows is insignificant.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Synthesis

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

103) Discuss the rules for normalization.

Answer: Although the first normal form was not directly mentioned in the textbook, it requires the removal of repeating data, so there is a single value at the intersection of each row and column of the relation. Relations are in second normal form if nonkey attributes require the whole key for identification. Relations are in third normal form if no transitive dependencies exist in the relation.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Synthesis 104) Briefly identify the three file organizations.

Answer: Sequential, indexed, and hashed are the three file organizations presented in the textbook. When using the sequential file organization, the rows in the file are stored in sequence according to a primary key value. When using the indexed file organization, the rows are stored either sequentially or nonsequentially, and an index is created that allows software to locate individual rows. The hashed file organization method uses an algorithm to determine the address for each row.

CLLO: Discuss best practices for using and managing databases Classification: Synthesis

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Chapter 10 Systems Implementation and Operation 1) The implementation and operation phase of the systems development life cycle is the most expensive and time-consuming phase of the entire life cycle.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This phase is expensive because so many people are involved in the process. It is time consuming because of all the work that has to be completed throughout the entire life of the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 2) Analysis is one of the seven major activities associated with systems implementation and operation.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Analysis is not part of the systems implementation phase. The seven major activities include: coding, testing, installation, documentation, training, support and maintenance.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 3) The systems administration plan answers such questions as when and where the new system will be installed, what people and resources are required, which data will be converted and cleansed, and how long the installation process will take.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The installation plan, not the systems administration plan, answers such questions as when and where the new system will be installed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 4) Information systems personnel and end users are the two audiences for the final systems documentation.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The two audiences for this final documentation are (1) the information systems personnel who will maintain the system throughout its productive life, and (2) the people who will use the system as part of their daily lives.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 5) Transforming requests into changes is a major maintenance activity.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Transforming requests into the changes is one of four major maintenance activities.

The others include obtaining maintenance requests, designing changes, and implementing changes.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

6) The systems planning and selection phase of the SDLC is analogous to the maintenance process of transforming requests into a specific system change.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The SDLC phase systems analysis is analogous to the maintenance process of transforming requests into a specific system change.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 7) The systems analysis phase of the SDLC is analogous to the maintenance process of obtaining maintenance requests.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The SDLC phase systems analysis is analogous to the maintenance process of transforming requests into a specific system change.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 8) The systems design phase of the SDLC is analogous to the maintenance process of designing changes.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The systems design phase represents the third phase of the SDLC process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 9) The systems implementation and operation phase of the SDLC is analogous to the maintenance process of implementing changes.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The systems implementation and operation phase represents the fourth phase of SDLC. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 10) During systems design, an overall test plan is developed.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: An overall test plan is developed during analysis, not systems design.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 11) Testing specialists are responsible for developing test plans, establishing testing standards, integrating testing and development activities in the life cycle, and ensuring that test plans are completed.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Testing managers are responsible for developing test plans, establishing testing standards, integrating testing and development activities in the life cycle, and ensuring that test plans are completed. Testing specialists help develop test plans, create test cases and scenarios, execute the actual tests, and analyze and report test results.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

12) During an inspection test, exactly what the code does is investigated.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Inspection tests are formal group activities in which participants manually examine code for occurrences of well-known errors. Exactly what the code does is not investigated in an inspection.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 13) Unit testing does not require automated code execution.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Unit testing does require automated code execution. It is syntax checking that does not require automated code execution.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 14) Walkthroughs are a very effective method for identifying errors in code.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Unlike inspections, what the code does is an important question in a walkthrough.

Using structured walkthroughs is an effective method of detecting errors in code.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 15) The purpose of a walkthrough is to identify and correct errors found in programming code.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: It should be stressed that the purpose of a walkthrough is to detect errors, not to correct them. It is the programmer's job to correct the errors uncovered in a walkthrough.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 16) Desk checking is a testing technique in which the program code is sequentially executed manually by the reviewer.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Desk checking is an informal process when the programmer works through the code with a paper and pencil. For example, the programmer works like a computer mentally checking each step and its results for the entire set of computer instructions.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 17) A systems analyst or programmer typically does syntax checking.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Syntax checking is typically done by a compiler. Errors in syntax are uncovered, but the code is not executed. A systems analyst or programmer does not typically do syntax checking.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

18) Integration testing brings together all of the programs that a system comprises for testing purposes.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Combining modules and testing them is called integration testing.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 19) Unit testing is a technique used in examining individual lines of code, where a few lines of code are used to substitute for subordinate modules.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: In unit testing, each module (roughly a section of code that performs a single function) is tested alone in an attempt to discover any errors that may exist in the module's code.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 20) System testing is the process of bringing together all of the modules that a program comprises for testing purposes.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: System testing is a similar process to integration testing, but instead of integrating modules into programs for testing, you integrate programs into systems.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 21) A test case is a specific scenario of transactions, queries, or navigation paths that represent a typical, critical, or abnormal use of the system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A test case should be repeatable so that it can be rerun as new versions of the software are tested.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 22) The people who create the test cases should be the same people who have coded and will test the system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The people who coded should generally not be the individuals that create a typical, critical, or abnormal use of the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 23) During alpha testing, users test a completed information system using simulated data.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The most complete acceptance testing will include alpha testing (also called mock client testing), where simulated but typical data are used for system testing.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) During beta testing, users test a completed information system using real data in the real user environment.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In Beta testing, live data are used in the users' real working environment; and a system audit conducted by the organization's internal auditors or by members of the quality assurance group.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 25) During recovery testing, the analysts try to break the system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: During stress testing, not recovery testing, the analysts try to break the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 26) During stress testing, the analysts try to determine how the system performs on the range of possible environments on which it may be used.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: During performance testing, not stress testing, the analysts try to determine how the system performs on the range of possible environments on which it may be used.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 27) The purpose of alpha testing is to determine whether the software, documentation, technical support, and training activities work as intended.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The intent of the beta test is to determine whether the software, documentation, technical support, and training activities work as intended.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 28) Installation is the organizational process of changing over from the current information system to a new one.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The process of moving from the current information system to the new one is called installation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 29) A risk associated with the direct installation approach is that not all aspects of the new system can be compared to the old system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A risk associated with parallel installation is that not all aspects of the new system can be compared to the old system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) The coexistence of the old and new systems is characteristic of the parallel installation approach.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This allows the two systems to be compared and the new system can be analyzed against the old system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 31) A positive aspect of the phased installation approach is that learning can occur and problems can be fixed by concentrating on one site.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: This is actually a positive aspect of single-location installation where potential harm is limited to one location.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 32) A positive aspect of the phased installation approach is that it limits potential harm and costs from system error or failure to certain business activities or functions.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because a phased installation approach is Staged, incremental, gradual, based on system functional components, it limits potential harm and cost from failure.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 33) A risk associated with the parallel installation approach is that there may be a delay until benefits result.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because it is very costly and labor intensive to run two systems, any benefits of a parallel installation approach may be delayed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 34) A positive aspect of the direct installation approach is that there is a high interest in making installation a success.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The expression "cold turkey" is often used to describe the direct installation approach. This abrupt method generally creates a high interest in making installation a success.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 35) System documentation is the detailed information about a system's design specifications, its internal workings, and its functionality.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This documentation that details a system's design specification is further broken down into internal and external documentation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

36) Internal documentation is system documentation that includes the outcome of structured diagramming techniques such as data flow and entity-relationship diagrams.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Internal documentation is part of the program source code or is generated at compile time.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 37) Today's environment makes it possible to maintain and update external documentation as long as desired.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Several tools allow you to save external documentation to document data-flow, entity-relationship, and other diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 38) A system administrator's guide is an example of external system documentation.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: External documentation includes the outcome of all of the structured diagramming techniques you have studied in this book, such as data-flow and entity-relationship diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 39) A release description is an example of user documentation.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A release description contains information about a new system release, including a list of complete documentation for the new release, features, and enhancements.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 40) The purpose of a reference guide is to provide information on how users can use computer systems to perform specific tasks.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A reference guide is an end-user support tool for the individuals using the new system. It is often accompanied by systems training.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 41) User documentation is now most often delivered in hypertext format.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Hypertext is less expensive to produce, easy to update, and searchable.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

42) Training and support are not critical for the success of an information system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Training is a critical part of implementation because it improves the likelihood the training will be adopted and used properly.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 43) All user training must be done as a formal course.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Much of the user training is done online, or in support forums.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 44) An electronic performance support system is a component of a software package with training and education information embedded.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An EPSS may take on one or more forms: It can be an online tutorial, provide hypertext-based access to context-sensitive reference material, or consist of an expert system shell that acts as a coach.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 45) Many organizations are deploying Web-based push systems to provide a way to track support requests.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Many organizations are deploying a Web-based issue tracking system to provide a systematic way to log, track, and assign system bugs and change requests to developers.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 46) A helpdesk is a single point of contact for all user problems and inquiries about a particular system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A help desk is an information systems department function, staffed by IS personnel.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 47) Post-project reviews are part of the system design phase.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Post-project reviews are part of the systems implementation and operation phase.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

48) The extent to which a system is used and the user's satisfaction with the system are the two most common and trusted ways to determine if an implementation has been a success.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Both of these factors are also positively correlated with technology acceptance and serve as a basis for project success.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 49) Preventive maintenance requires the least maintenance effort.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An ounce of prevention applies to systems maintenance as well. Preventive maintenance can save the company money as well as reduce the chance of systems failure.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 50) The number of customers for a given system influences most of the costs associated with maintaining a system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Because corrective maintenance accounts for most maintenance activity, the number of latent defects in a system influences most of the costs associated with maintaining a system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 51) The mean time between failures is a measurement of error occurrences that can be tracked over time to indicate the quality of a system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: As its name implies, the MTBF measure shows the average length of time between the identification of one system failure until the next.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 52) Managing maintenance requests is a maintenance activity.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: From a management perspective, a key issue is deciding which requests to perform and which to ignore.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 53) Build routines are software modules that have been tested, documented, and approved to be included in the most recently created version of a system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Baseline modules, not build routines are software modules that have been tested, documented, and approved.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

54) Baseline routines are guidelines that list the instructions to construct an executable system from the baseline source code.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Build routines, not baseline routines are guidelines that list the instructions to construct an executable system from the baseline source code.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 55) A primary objective of using automated tools for systems development and maintenance is to change radically how code and documentation are modified and updated.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In other words, design documents are modified and then code generators automatically create a new version of the system from these updated designs.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 56) Reverse engineering and reengineering tools are primarily used to maintain older systems that have incomplete documentation or that were developed prior to automated tools.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: These tools are often referred to as design recovery tools because their primary benefit is to create high-level design documents of a program by reading and analyzing its source code.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 57) The process whereby the physical design specifications created by the design team are turned into working computer code by the programming team is referred to as: A) coding.

B) testing.

C) implementation.

D) code conversion.

E) production.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Ideally, the design specifications are clear and complete to allow the programmers to efficiently and correctly code the intended design with minimal need for additional clarification.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

58) The deliverables from the coding, testing, and installation processes include: A) the creation of a document that will consolidate the information that must be considered when implementing a physically distributed systems design.

B) structured descriptions and diagrams that outline the logic contained within each DFD process.

C) the code, program documentation, test scenarios and test data, results of program and system testing, user guides, user training plan, and an installation and conversion plan.

D) a database prototype.

E) the creation of an analysis plan.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Coding, testing, and installation represent the first three steps in the implementation phase of SDLC. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 59) A strategy for training users so they can quickly learn the new system is a(n): A) training plan.

B) installation plan.

C) user guide.

D) training curriculum.

E) electronic performance support system.

Answer: A Explanation: A) This strategy is an overall approach to training end users including components such as classes, tutorials, training materials, and online support.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 60) Training on the use of the system begins during the early stages of: A) the systems analysis phase.

B) logical design.

C) implementation.

D) the systems planning and selection phase.

E) physical design.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Training is necessary at the beginning of the implementation because it is critical for end-users to learn early on in the process about the new system and best practices.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

61) This plan lays out a strategy for moving from the old system to the new.

A) Systems service request B) Installation plan C) Training plan D) Testing plan E) Conversion guide Answer: B Explanation: B) The installation plan answers such questions as when and where the new system will be installed, what people and resources are required, which data will be converted and cleansed, and how long the installation process will take.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 62) Activities occurring within maintenance include: A) transforming changes into requests.

B) obtaining maintenance requests.

C) determining a steering committee.

D) marketing changes.

E) adding data definition language to database.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Obtaining maintenance requests requires that a formal process be established whereby users can submit system change requests.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 63) An overall test plan is developed during: A) systems implementation.

B) systems analysis.

C) logical design.

D) physical design.

E) systems planning and selection.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Testing software begins earlier (systems analysis) in the systems development life cycle, even though many of the actual testing activities are carried out during implementation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

64) Which of the following is the responsibility of testing managers?

A) Developing marketing plans B) Integrating data and metadata C) Establishing testing standards D) Ensuring that trainees don't pass E) Requiring online testing Answer: C Explanation: C) Testing managers are responsible for developing test plans, establishing testing standards, integrating testing and development activities in the life cycle, and ensuring that test plans are completed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 65) A testing technique in which participants examine program code for predictable languagespecific errors defines: A) walkthrough.

B) inspections.

C) desk checking.

D) syntax checking.

E) integration testing.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Syntax, grammar, and some other routine errors can be checked in early stages of coding by automated inspection software, so manual inspection checks are used for more subtle errors.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 66) The type of testing responsible for determining what the code does is: A) a walkthrough.

B) inspection.

C) system testing.

D) syntax checking.

E) stub testing.

Answer: A Explanation: A) While an inspection looks for syntax-type errors, a walkthrough looks for a bigger question related to what the code actually does.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

67) A testing technique in which the program code is sequentially executed manually by the reviewer is referred to as: A) inspection.

B) system testing.

C) desk checking.

D) syntax checking.

E) stub testing.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Desk checking is an informal process when the programmer works through the code with a paper and pencil. For example, the programmer works like a computer mentally checking each step and its results for the entire set of computer instructions.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 68) Testing each module alone in an attempt to discover any errors that may exist in the module's code is referred to as: A) unit testing.

B) system testing.

C) stub testing.

D) singular testing.

E) a walkthrough.

Answer: A Explanation: A) In unit testing, each module (roughly a section of code that performs a single function) is tested alone in an attempt to discover any errors that may exist in the module's code.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 69) The process of bringing together all of the modules that comprise a program for testing purposes is referred to as: A) unity testing.

B) integration testing.

C) system testing.

D) implementation.

E) stub testing.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Combining modules and testing them is called integration testing.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

70) The bringing together of all the programs that comprise a system for testing describes: A) unity testing.

B) integration testing.

C) system testing.

D) implementation.

E) a project walkthrough.

Answer: C Explanation: C) System testing is a similar process to integration testing, but instead of integrating modules into programs for testing, you integrate programs into systems.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 71) A technique used in testing modules, especially where modules are written and tested in a top-down fashion, where a few lines of code are used to substitute for subordinate modules describes: A) module testing.

B) unit testing.

C) top-down testing.

D) stub testing.

E) component-level testing.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Stubs are two or three lines of code written by a programmer to stand in for the missing modules. During testing, the coordinating module calls the stub instead of the subordinate module.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 72) The purpose of acceptance testing is to: A) determine if new requirements must be added to the newly completed system.

B) determine if the system meets user requirements.

C) determine if the system meets its objectives.

D) test a completed information system using simulated data.

E) test a completed information system using real data.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Acceptance refers to the fact that users typically sign off on the system and "accept" it once they are satisfied with it.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

73) The most complete acceptance testing will include: A) alpha testing, beta testing, and a walkthrough.

B) beta testing, stub testing, and unit testing.

C) desk checking, a system audit, and integration testing.

D) a system audit, system testing, and integration testing.

E) alpha testing, beta testing, and a system audit.

Answer: E Explanation: E) Alpha testing (also called mock client testing), is the initial and most complete testing with Beta testing and systems audit following to help create a complete testing strategy.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 74) The process whereby actual users test a completed information system, the end result of which is the users' acceptance of it, best defines: A) acceptance testing.

B) alpha testing.

C) beta testing.

D) system testing.

E) end user testing.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The purpose of acceptance testing is for users to determine whether the system meets their requirements.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 75) User testing of a completed information system using simulated data refers to: A) acceptance testing.

B) alpha testing.

C) beta testing.

D) system testing.

E) stub testing.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The most complete acceptance testing will include alpha testing (also called mock client testing), where simulated but typical data are used for system testing.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

76) User testing of a completed information system using real data in the real user environment refers to: A) acceptance testing.

B) alpha testing.

C) beta testing.

D) system testing.

E) live testing.

Answer: C Explanation: C) In Beta testing, live data are used in the users' real working environment; and a system audit conducted by the organization's internal auditors or by members of the quality assurance group.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 77) Tests performed during alpha testing that are designed to try to break the system are: A) stress tests.

B) performance tests.

C) recovery tests.

D) security tests.

E) stub tests.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Stress testing tries to break the system by testing questions such as, "what happens when a record is written to the database with incomplete information?"

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 78) The organizational process of changing over from the current information system to a new one best defines: A) reorganization.

B) physical design.

C) installation.

D) replacement.

E) system alteration.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Installation typically uses one of several possible installation strategies (i.e., direct approach) while moving from the current information system to the new one.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

79) Which of the following determines how the system performs on the range of possible environments in which it may be used?

A) Performance testing B) Recovery testing C) Stress testing D) Range testing E) Security testing Answer: A Explanation: A) Specifically, performance testing might examine different hardware configurations or networks to see how the new system performs.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 80) Changing over from the old information system to a new one by turning off the old system as the new one is turned on best describes: A) phased installation.

B) single location installation.

C) parallel installation.

D) direct installation.

E) rotation installation.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The expression "cold turkey" is often used to describe the direct installation approach. This abrupt method generally creates a high interest in making installation a success.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 81) System documentation that is part of the program source code or is generated at compile time best defines: A) system documentation.

B) user documentation.

C) internal documentation.

D) external documentation.

E) embedded documentation.

Answer: C Explanation: C) System documentation consists of both internal and external documentation that is collected for a given project.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

82) Which of the following is a type of system documentation?

A) Data-flow diagrams B) Quick reference guide C) Release description D) System administrator's guide E) Acceptance sign-off Answer: A Explanation: A) Specifically, data-flow diagrams are an example of external system documentation which includes the outcome of all structured diagramming techniques.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 83) All of the following are types of user documentation EXCEPT: A) release description.

B) reference guide.

C) acceptance sign-off.

D) entity-relationship diagrams.

E) user's guide.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Entity-relationship diagrams are part of the external systems documentation of a project.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 84) Written or other visual information about an application system, how it works, and how to use it best defines: A) system documentation.

B) user documentation.

C) internal documentation.

D) external documentation.

E) application documentation.

Answer: B Explanation: B) For example, a release description is an example of user documentation that contains information about a new system release, including a list of complete documentation for the new release, features and enhancements.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

85) System documentation that includes the outcome of such structured diagramming techniques as data-flow and entity-relationship diagrams best defines: A) embedded documentation.

B) user documentation.

C) internal documentation.

D) external documentation.

E) application documentation.

Answer: D Explanation: D) External documentation includes the outcome of all of the structured diagramming techniques you have studied in this book, such as data-flow and entity-relationship diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 86) Which of the following consists of an exhaustive list of the system's functions and commands, usually in alphabetical order?

A) Reference guide B) User's guide C) Release description D) System administrator's guide E) Programmer's guide Answer: A Explanation: A) A reference guide is an end-user support tool for the individuals using the new system. It is often accompanied by systems training.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 87) This type of user documentation contains information about a new system release, including a list of complete documentation for the new release, features and enhancements, known problems and how they have been dealt with in the new release, and information about installation.

A) Reference guide B) User's manual C) Release description D) System administrator's guide E) Programmer's guide Answer: C Explanation: C) A release description contains information about a new system release, including a list of complete documentation for the new release, features, and enhancements.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

88) This type of user documentation is intended primarily for those who will install and administer a new system and contains information about the network on which the system will run, software interfaces for peripherals such as printers, troubleshooting, and setting up user accounts.

A) External documentation B) User's manual C) System documentation D) System administrator's guide E) Programmer's guide Answer: D Explanation: D) A system administrator's guide is intended primarily for a particular type of user–those who will install and administer a new system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 89) This type of user documentation allows users to test for proper system installation and then signify their acceptance of the new system and its documentation with their signatures.

A) Acceptance sign-off B) User contract C) Request for Proposal (RFP) D) System verification E) Statement of Work Answer: A Explanation: A) An acceptance sign-off is often the last part of the system's administrator guide.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 90) Most user documentation is now delivered: A) online, in hypertext format.

B) through paper manuals.

C) by calling technical support numbers.

D) through help desks.

E) by e-mail.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Hypertext is less expensive to produce, easy to update, and searchable.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

91) Likely topics from which you must determine if training for system users will be useful include: A) customer service basics.

B) system marketing.

C) use of the system.

D) sales.

E) conference services.

Answer: C Explanation: C) End-user training is often focused at the use of the new system. Technology acceptance is often based on how easy the system is to use, and training can help with this challenge.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 92) Which of the following are NOT recommended methods for computer training?

A) Tutorials B) Resident expert C) External sources D) Interactive training manuals E) Using prior system manuals Answer: E Explanation: E) Using prior system manuals can be confusing and introduce errors into the learning process because of outdated material.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 93) A component of a software package or application in which training and educational information is embedded best defines: A) resident expert.

B) computer-aided instruction.

C) electronic tutorial.

D) electronic performance support system.

E) electronic encyclopedia.

Answer: D Explanation: D) An EPSS may take on one or more forms: It can be an online tutorial, provide hypertext-based access to context-sensitive reference material, or consist of an expert system shell that acts as a coach.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

94) Which of the following types of maintenance accounts for as much as 70% of all maintenance activity?

A) Preventive maintenance B) Corrective maintenance C) Adaptive maintenance D) Perfective maintenance E) Internal maintenance Answer: B Explanation: B) With corrective maintenance changes are made to a system to repair flaws in its design, coding, or implementation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 95) Changes made to a system to fix or enhance its functionality best defines: A) maintenance.

B) support.

C) repair.

D) installation.

E) coding.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Some maintenance is proactive (i.e., perfective), while others are reactive (i.e., corrective).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 96) Changes made to a system to repair flaws in its design, coding, or implementation describes: A) corrective maintenance.

B) adaptive maintenance.

C) preventive maintenance.

D) perfective maintenance.

E) programmatic maintenance.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Corrective maintenance represents by far the most common type accounting for about 70% of the total maintenance effort.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

97) Changes made to a system to evolve its functionality to changing business needs or technologies are referred to as: A) corrective maintenance.

B) adaptive maintenance.

C) preventive maintenance.

D) perfective maintenance.

E) environmental maintenance.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Adaptive maintenance is usually less urgent than corrective maintenance because business and technical changes typically occur over some period of time.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 98) Evolving the system to add new features or improve performance best describes: A) corrective maintenance.

B) adaptive maintenance.

C) preventive maintenance.

D) perfective maintenance.

E) evolutionary maintenance.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Many system professionals feel that perfective maintenance is not really maintenance but new development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 99) Which of the following typically would be assigned the highest priority?

A) Preventive maintenance B) Perfective maintenance C) Corrective maintenance D) Adaptive maintenance E) Evolutionary maintenance Answer: C Explanation: C) Unfortunately when a problem or error occurs, it needs to take the highest priority over other maintenance options such as a proactive perfective solution to add new features to a system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

100) Which of the following maintenance cost elements is the most significant?

A) Tools B) Software structure C) Personnel D) Number of customers E) Hardware Answer: D Explanation: D) In general, the greater the number of customers, the greater the maintenance costs.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 101) Which of the following influences most of the costs associated with maintaining a system?

A) Maintenance personnel B) Documentation quality C) Number of latent defects D) Number of customers E) Tools Answer: C Explanation: C) This is the number of unknown errors existing in the system after it is installed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 102) Define system documentation, user documentation, internal documentation, and external documentation.

Answer: System documentation is detailed information about a system's design specifications, its internal workings, and its functionality. Internal documentation and external documentation are two types of system documentation. Internal documentation is system documentation that is part of the program source code or is generated at compile time. External documentation is system documentation that includes the outcome of such structured diagramming techniques as data flow and entity-relationship diagrams. User documentation refers to written or other visual information about an application system, how it works, and how to use it.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

103) Identify several types of user documentation.

Answer: The text identified several different types of user documentation. These types include a reference guide, a user's guide, a release description, a system administrator's guide, and an acceptance sign-off. A reference guide consists of an exhaustive list of the system's functions and commands and is usually in alphabetical order. The purpose of the user's guide is to provide information on how users can use computer systems to perform specific tasks. A release description provides information about a new system release, including a list of complete documentation for the new release, features and enhancements, known problems and how they have been dealt with in the new release, and information about installation. The system administrator's guide is intended for individuals who will install and administer the system. It contains information about the network on which the system will run, software interfaces for peripherals, troubleshooting, and setting up user accounts. Users demonstrate their approval by recording their signatures on an acceptance sign-off.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 104) Identify four types of maintenance.

Answer: Corrective maintenance, adaptive maintenance, perfective maintenance, and preventive maintenance are four types of maintenance. Corrective maintenance refers to changes made to a system to repair flaws in its design, coding, or implementation. Adaptive maintenance refers to changes made to a system to evolve its functionality to changing business needs or technologies.

Changes made to a system to add new features or to improve performance are perfective maintenance changes. Changes made to a system to avoid possible future problems are preventive maintenance changes.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 105) Identify four types of installation.

Answer: The four types of installation are direct, parallel, single location, and phased. Changing over from the old information system to a new one by turning off the old system as the new one is turned on is called direct installation. Parallel installation involves running the old information system and the new one at the same time until management decides the old system can be turned off. Single location installation involves trying out a new information system at one site and using the experience to decide if and how the new system should be deployed throughout the organization. Changing over from the old information system to a new one incrementally, starting with one or a few functional components and then gradually extending the installation to cover the whole new system is commonly called phased installation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

26 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Appendix A Object-Oriented Analysis and Design 1) Structure charts, logic models, and data models are the major deliverables associated with the object-oriented modeling approach.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The deliverables from project activities using object-oriented modeling are dataflow and entity-relationship diagrams and repository descriptions.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 2) Improved communication among users, analysts, designers, and programmers is a benefit of the object-oriented modeling approach.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: It not only allows you to specify the requirements of a system and capture the design decisions, but it also promotes communication among key persons involved in the development effort.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 3) The object-oriented systems development life cycle progressively develops a representation of an object through the phases of analysis, design, and implementation.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In the early stages of development, the model built is abstract, focusing on external qualities of the application system such as data structures, timing and sequence of processing operations, and how users interact with the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 4) During the implementation phase of the object-oriented systems development life cycle, the application-oriented analysis model is adapted and refined to suit a target implementation environment.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: During the implementation phase, the design is implemented using a programming language and/or a database management system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 5) The Unified Modeling Language (UML) is a notation that allows the modeler to specify, visualize, and construct the artifacts of software systems, as well as business models.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: It builds upon and unifies the semantics and notations of leading object-oriented methods and has been adopted as an industry standard.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

6) Use cases show the static structure of data and the operations that act on data.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A use case is a complete sequence of related actions initiated by an actor; it represents a specific way to use the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 7) Class diagrams represent the functional requirements or the "what" of the system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Class diagrams show the static structure of data and the operations that act on the data.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 8) State diagrams represent dynamic models of interactions between objects.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: State diagrams represent dynamic models of how objects change their states in response to events.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 9) Sequence diagrams represent dynamic models of how objects change their states in response to events.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Sequence diagrams represent dynamic models of interactions between objects.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 10) The use-case model is developed during the requirements analysis phase.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Use-case modeling is done in the early stages of system development (during the analysis phase) to help developers understand the functional requirements of the system without worrying about how those requirements will be implemented.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 11) Component and deployment diagrams are generated during the requirements analysis phase.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Both component and deployment diagrams are generated during the design phase of the SDLC. CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

12) Referencing use-case modeling, a source is an external entity that interacts with the system.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: An actor is an external entity that interacts with the system (similar to an external entity in data-flow diagramming).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 13) A use case is a complete sequence of related actions initiated by an actor; it represents a specific way to use the system.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The process is inherently iterative; developers need to involve the users in discussions throughout the model development process and finally come to an agreement on the requirements specification.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 14) On a use-case diagram, an actor is shown using a stick figure with its name below.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This may be the most illustrative diagram (use-case), stickman and all, you learn about in this class.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 15) An actor always initiates a use case.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In this sense, the actor initiates the start of a use case and starts the process in motion.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 16) A use case is used to represent an individual action that is part of an overall function.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A use case is used to represent multiple actions that are part of the overall system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 17) A use case participates in relationships with actors, not other use cases.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: One powerful feature of use case diagrams is that cases can interact with other cases.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

18) On a use-case diagram, an "extends relationship" extends a use case by capturing additional actions or behaviors that need to be performed.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Microsoft Visio shows this as a line with a hollow triangle pointing toward the extended use case and labeled with the "<<extends>>" symbol, extends a use case by adding new behaviors or actions.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 19) On a use-case diagram, a linking relationship arises when one use case references another use case.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: "Included" is used to reference one use case to another.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 20) An object is an entity that has a well-defined role in the application domain, and has state, behavior, and identity.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An object is a concept, abstraction, or thing that makes sense in an application context.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 21) A behavior is a set of objects that share a common structure and a common behavior.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: An object class is a set of objects that shares a common structure and a common behavior.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 22) An object diagram is a diagram that shows the static structure of an object-oriented model: the object classes, their internal structure, and the relationships in which they participate.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A class diagram, not an object diagram, shows the static structure of an objectoriented model.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 23) In UML, an object is represented by a rectangle with two compartments.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The names of the object and its class are underlined and shown in the top compartment while the object's attributes and their values are shown in the second compartment.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) A component diagram is a graph of instances that are compatible with a given class diagram.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: An object diagram, not a component diagram is a graph of instances compatible with a given class diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 25) A static object diagram is an instance of a class diagram.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A static object diagram is an instance of a class diagram, providing a snapshot of the detailed state of a system at a point in time.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 26) Operations provide an external interface to a class.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: It is only through such operations that other objects can access or manipulate the information stored in an object.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 27) Hiding the internal implementation details of an object from its external view is called incorporation.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: This technique of hiding the internal implementation details of an object from its external view is known as encapsulation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 28) An association is a relationship between object classes.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: As in the E-R model, the degree of an association relationship may be one (unary), two (binary), three (ternary), or higher (n-ary).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 29) On a class diagram, an association between object classes is signified by a double-ended arrow that connects the two object classes.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: An association is depicted as a solid line between the participating classes.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) Multiplicity level is an indication of how many objects participate in a given relationship.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: In a class diagram, a multiplicity specification is shown as a text string representing an interval (or intervals) of integers in the following format: lower bound..upper bound.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 31) In a class diagram, a multiplicity specification of 0..1 indicates optional one.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is similar to the E-R diagram's equivalent of 0|1.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 32) On a class diagram, an exclamation point represents a multiplicity with an infinite upper bound.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The * represents infinite upper bound.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 33) On a class diagram, a multiplicity of a single 1 implies one.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: If a single integer value is specified, it means that the range includes only that value.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 34) On a class diagram, a dashed triangle next to an association name shows the direction in which the association is read.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A solid triangle, not a dashed triangle next to an association name shows the direction in which the association is read.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 35) On a class diagram, a ternary relationship is represented by a rounded rectangle.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: As in an E-R diagram, we represent a ternary relationship using a diamond symbol and place the name of the relationship there.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

36) Abstracting common features among multiple classes, as well as the relationships they participate in, is called generalization.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The classes that are generalized are called subclasses, and the class they are generalized into is called a superclass.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 37) When classes are generalized, the classes that are generalized are called superclasses.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The classes that are generalized are called subclasses.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 38) When classes are generalized, the classes that are generalized are called subclasses.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A generalization path shows this with a solid line from the subclass to the superclass, with a hollow arrowhead at the end of, and pointing toward, the superclass.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 39) On a class diagram, placing a discriminator next to the generalization path specifies the basis of a generalization.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A discriminator shows which property of an object class is being abstracted by a particular generalization relationship.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 40) A subclass inherits all the features from its superclass.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is a basic principle for superclass/subclass relationships and is true both in UML and E-R diagramming.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 41) Inheritance is one of the major advantages of using the object-oriented model.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For instance, there is no need for a programmer to write code that has already been written for a superclass.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

42) A concrete class is a class that has no direct instances, but whose descendants may have direct instances.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: An abstract class is a class that has no direct instances but whose descendants may have direct instances.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 43) On a class diagram, the complete semantic constraint means that every instance must be an instance of some subclass.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Semantic constraints among the subclasses can be expressed using the complete, incomplete, disjoint, and overlapping keywords.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 44) On a class diagram, the overlapping semantic constraint means that no instance can be an instance of more than one subclass at a time.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Disjoint means that no instance can be an instance of more than one subclass at the same time, whereas overlapping allows concurrent participation in multiple subclasses.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 45) An aggregation expresses a part-of relationship between a component object and an aggregate object.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: It is a stronger form of an association relationship (with the added "part-of" semantics) and is represented with a hollow diamond at the aggregate end.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 46) On a state diagram, an event is something that takes place at a certain point in time.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A state is a condition during the life of an object during which it satisfies some condition(s), performs some action(s), or waits for some event(s).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 47) An event occurs when a person purchases a car.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An event is something that takes place at a certain point in time; it is a noteworthy occurrence that triggers a state transition.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application

8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

48) On a state diagram, a state is considered to span across a period of time.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An object remains in a particular state for some time before transitioning to another state.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 49) On a state diagram, a guard condition is shown in quotes.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A guard condition is shown with square brackets.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 50) A sequence diagram depicts the interactions among objects during a certain period of time.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Because the pattern of interactions varies from one use case to another, each sequence diagram shows only the interactions pertinent to a specific use case.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 51) A diagram that shows software components and their dependencies is called a component diagram.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: For example, you can draw a component diagram showing the modules for source code, binary code, and executable code and their dependency relationships.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 52) The object-oriented development life cycle consists of: A) analysis, design, and implementation phases.

B) identification, planning, design, and implementation phases.

C) selection, analysis, design, and implementation phases.

D) identification, design, and implementation phases.

E) design and implementation phases.

Answer: A Explanation: A) An object-oriented systems development life cycle consists of a progressively developing representation of a system component.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

53) Modeling deliverables from project activities using object-oriented modeling include: A) structure charts and data flow diagrams.

B) dialogue diagrams and object reference charts.

C) decision tables and object status diagrams.

D) data-flow and entity-relationship diagrams and repository descriptions.

E) dialogue diagrams, Structured English representations, and structure charts.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Unique to UML is how tightly linked these three deliverables are to each other.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 54) Benefits of the object-oriented modeling approach include: A) it is the same as E-R diagramming.

B) improved communication among users, analysts, designers, and programmers.

C) no reusability of analysis, design, and programming results.

D) reduced consistency among the models developed during object-oriented analysis, design, and programming.

E) doesn't include an analysis phase.

Answer: B Explanation: B) It not only allows you to specify the requirements of a system and capture the design decisions, but it also promotes communication among key persons involved in the development effort.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 55) In which object-oriented systems development life cycle phase are the application-oriented analysis models adapted and refined to suit the target implementation environment?

A) Analysis B) Design C) Implementation D) Selection E) Planning Answer: B Explanation: B) The models generated during the design phase will therefore be much more detailed than the analysis models.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

56) In which object-oriented systems development life cycle phase is the design implemented using a programming language and/or database management system?

A) Analysis B) Design C) Implementation D) Selection E) Planning Answer: C Explanation: C) Similar to the SDLC, after the design phase is complete, implementation begins with programming and database efforts.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 57) Which of the following is a true statement?

A) The UML notation is useful for graphically depicting object-oriented analysis and design models.

B) The UML notation does not allow you to specify the requirements of a system and capture design decisions.

C) The UML notation discourages communication among key persons involved in the development effort.

D) The UML notation only works with traditional systems and not for ecommerce applications.

E) The UML notation only works with ecommerce application and not with traditional systems.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The UML notation is useful for graphically depicting object-oriented analysis and design models.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 58) A notation that allows the modeler to specify, visualize, and construct the artifacts of software systems, as well as business models, best defines: A) Unified Modeling Language.

B) Structured English.

C) pseudocode.

D) logic modeling.

E) structured design.

Answer: A Explanation: A) This question is the very definition of the Unified Modeling Language (UML).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

59) Which of the following represent dynamic models of how objects change their states in response to events?

A) Use cases B) Class diagrams C) State diagrams D) Sequence diagrams E) Component diagrams Answer: C Explanation: C) A state diagram depicts the various state transitions or changes an object can experience during its lifetime, along with the events that cause those transitions.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 60) Which of the following represent dynamic models of interactions between objects?

A) Use cases B) Class diagrams C) State diagrams D) Sequence diagrams E) Component diagrams Answer: D Explanation: D) Specifically, a sequence diagram depicts the interactions among objects during a certain period of time.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 61) Which of the following show the static structure of data and the operations that act on the data?

A) Use cases B) Class diagrams C) State diagrams D) Sequence diagrams E) Component diagrams Answer: B Explanation: B) A class diagram shows the static structure of an object-oriented model: the object classes, their internal structure, and the relationships in which they participate.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

62) Generally speaking, a use-case model is developed during the: A) analysis phase.

B) logical design phase.

C) implementation phase.

D) selection phase.

E) production phase.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A use-case diagram is considered part of the analysis phase because it depicts the use cases and actors for a system which is considered foundational.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 63) Referencing use-case modeling, an external entity that interacts with the system best defines: A) player.

B) actor.

C) source.

D) target.

E) event.

Answer: B Explanation: B) The actor, an external entity, initiates the start of a use case and starts the process in motion.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 64) A complete sequence of related actions initiated by an actor best describes: A) class.

B) sequence diagram.

C) use case.

D) object.

E) aggregation.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Use-case modeling is applied to analyze the functional requirements of a system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 65) On a use-case diagram, an actor CAN NOT represent: A) an internal process.

B) another system.

C) a student D) an organization.

E) an instructor.

Answer: A Explanation: A) An actor is an external entity that interacts with the system (similar to an external entity in data-flow diagramming).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

66) A diagram that depicts a teacher and student as actors for a system is called a: A) deployment diagram.

B) component diagram.

C) sequence diagram.

D) state transition diagram.

E) use-case diagram.

Answer: E Explanation: E) A use case is always initiated by an actor.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 67) On a use-case diagram, use cases are shown as: A) squares with their names written inside.

B) rounded rectangles with their names written inside.

C) stickmen symbols with their names written below the symbol.

D) ellipses with their names inside.

E) circles with their names written inside.

Answer: D Explanation: D) These ellipses are connected with actors with a solid line showing the relationships between internal use cases and external actors.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 68) A type of use-case relationship that adds new behaviors or actions is a(n): A) generalized relationship.

B) extends relationship.

C) recursive relationship.

D) abstract relationship.

E) complex relationship.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Microsoft Visio shows this as a line with a hollow triangle pointing toward the extended use case and labeled with the "<<extends>>" symbol, extends a use case by adding new behaviors or actions.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

69) On a use-case diagram, the type of relationship that arises when one use case references another use case is called a(n): A) extends relationship.

B) working relationship.

C) include relationship.

D) definitive relationship.

E) recursive relationship.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The "Include" relationship is possible in UML because use cases can reference one another to help create a comprehensive representation of the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 70) An entity that has a well-defined role in the application domain and has state, behavior, and identity defines: A) object.

B) attribute.

C) actor.

D) class.

E) component.

Answer: A Explanation: A) An object is a concept, abstraction, or thing that makes sense in an application context.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 71) An object cannot: A) be a tangible entity.

B) be a concept.

C) be an artifact of the design process.

D) be a verb.

E) be an event.

Answer: D Explanation: D) An object could be a tangible or visible entity (e.g., a person, place, or thing); it could be a concept or event (e.g., Department, Performance, Marriage, Registration); or it could be an artifact of the design process (e.g., User Interface, Controller, Scheduler).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

72) Which of the following encompasses an object's properties and the values those properties have?

A) Behavior B) Class C) State D) Encapsulation E) Incorporation Answer: C Explanation: C) A state is a condition during the life of an object during which it satisfies some condition(s), performs some action(s), or waits for some event(s).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 73) Which of the following represents how an object acts and reacts?

A) Behavior B) Class C) State D) Encapsulation E) Environment Answer: A Explanation: A) An object's behavior depends on its state and the operation being performed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 74) Which of the following is NOT a true statement?

A) An object's behavior depends on its state and the operation being performed.

B) An object's state is determined by its attribute values and links to other objects.

C) An operation is simply an action that one object performs upon another in order to get a response.

D) An object's state and behavior are packaged separately.

E) An object has a state and exhibits behavior, through operations that can examine or affect its state.

Answer: D Explanation: D) State and behaviors are part of an object that has a well-defined role in the application domain and has state, behavior, and identity.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

75) A manner that represents how an object acts and reacts best describes: A) event.

B) property.

C) attribute.

D) state.

E) behavior.

Answer: E Explanation: E) An object's behavior depends on its state and the operation being performed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 76) A set of objects that share a common structure and a common behavior best defines: A) entity.

B) object class.

C) object collection.

D) multiplicity.

E) encapsulation.

Answer: B Explanation: B) You can depict an object class (a set of objects that shares a common structure and a common behavior) graphically in a class diagram.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 77) In UML, an object class is represented by: A) a rectangle with three compartments separated by horizontal lines.

B) a circle in which the activity name is recorded.

C) a double-lined ellipse in which the activity name is recorded.

D) a diamond in which the activity name is recorded.

E) a set of brackets in which the event name is recorded.

Answer: A Explanation: A) These include the class name, list of attributes, and a list of operations.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 78) Showing the static structure of an object-oriented model: the object classes, their internal structure, and the relationships in which they participate is the purpose of a: A) class diagram.

B) sequence diagram.

C) use-case diagram.

D) collaboration diagram.

E) component diagram.

Answer: A Explanation: A) In UML, a class is represented by a rectangle with three compartments separated by horizontal lines.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

79) A graph of instances that are compatible with a given class diagram is a(n): A) object diagram.

B) sequence diagram.

C) use-case diagram.

D) collaboration diagram.

E) component diagram.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The names of the object and its class are underlined and shown in the top compartment using the following syntax: objectname:classname. The object's attributes and their values are shown in the second compartment.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 80) A function or a service that is provided by all the instances of a class best defines: A) encapsulation.

B) task set.

C) operation.

D) multiplicity.

E) response.

Answer: C Explanation: C) It is only through such operations that other objects can access or manipulate the information stored in an object.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 81) Which of the following provides an external interface to a class?

A) Constructor B) Operation C) View D) Association E) Source Answer: B Explanation: B) The interface presents the outside view of the class without showing its internal structure or how its operations are implemented.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

82) The technique of hiding the internal implementation details of an object from its external view is called: A) disassociation.

B) encryption.

C) encapsulation.

D) generalization.

E) simplification.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The operations, therefore, provide an external interface to a class; the interface presents the outside view of the class without showing its internal structure or how its operations are implemented.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 83) A relationship between object classes best defines: A) encapsulation.

B) scope.

C) association.

D) composition.

E) integration.

Answer: C Explanation: C) On a class diagram, an association between object classes is signified by a double-ended arrow that connects the two object classes.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 84) The degree of an association relationship cannot be: A) unary.

B) binary.

C) ternary.

D) higher (n-ary).

E) zero.

Answer: E Explanation: E) The degree of an association can be unary, binary, ternary, or higher.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 85) When indicating the multiplicity for a role, an infinite upper bound is denoted by a: A) dash.

B) diamond.

C) hollow point arrow.

D) solid triangle.

E) star.

Answer: E Explanation: E) A star character (*) denotes an infinite upper bound.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

86) Which of the following multiplicities indicates a minimum of 0 and a maximum of 1?

A) 1..0 B) 0..1 C) 1 ∙ 0 D) 1:M E) 1:1 Answer: B Explanation: B) This is similar to the E-R diagram's equivalent of 0|1.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application 87) The end of an association where it connects to a class best describes: A) encapsulation.

B) scope.

C) association role.

D) composition.

E) integration.

Answer: C Explanation: C) A role may be explicitly named with a label near the end of an association.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 88) Which of the following indicates how many objects participate in a given relationship?

A) Association role B) Object count C) Multiplicity D) Association class E) Composition Answer: C Explanation: C) In a class diagram, a multiplicity specification is shown as a text string representing an interval (or intervals) of integers in the following format: lower bound..upper bound.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

89) Abstracting the common features among multiple classes, as well as the relationships they participate in, into a more general class is known as: A) aggregation.

B) overlapping.

C) multiplicity.

D) generalization.

E) rejuvenation.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A generalization path shows this with a solid line from the subclass to the superclass, with a hollow arrowhead at the end of, and pointing toward, the superclass.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 90) A class that has no direct instances, but whose descendants may have direct instances best defines: A) concrete class.

B) abstract class.

C) super class.

D) incomplete class.

E) simple class.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Abstract and concrete classes are opposite terms where one has no direct instances (abstract) and the other can have direct instances (concrete).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 91) A class that can have direct instances best defines: A) abstract class.

B) complete class.

C) concrete class.

D) superclass.

E) complex class.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Concrete and abstract classes are opposite terms where one has no direct instances (abstract) and the other can have direct instances (concrete).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

92) The semantic constraint specifying that no instance can be an instance of more than one subclass at the same time is: A) complete.

B) disjoint.

C) overlapping.

D) incomplete.

E) aggregation.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Disjoint means that no instance can be an instance of more than one subclass at the same time, whereas overlapping allows concurrent participation in multiple subclasses.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 93) A part-of relationship between a component object and an aggregate object best defines: A) composition.

B) aggregation.

C) multiplicity.

D) consolidation.

E) relational.

Answer: B Explanation: B) It is a stronger form of an association relationship (with the added "part-of" semantics) and is represented with a hollow diamond at the aggregate end.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 94) Changes in the attributes of an object or in the links an object has with other objects best defines: A) event.

B) operations.

C) state transition.

D) method.

E) process.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The state changes when the object receives some event; the object is said to undergo a state transition.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

95) Something that takes place at a certain point in time best defines: A) event.

B) operations.

C) state transition.

D) method.

E) object.

Answer: A Explanation: A) An event is something that takes place at a certain point in time; it is a noteworthy occurrence that triggers a state transition.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 96) Which of the following depicts the various state transitions or changes an object can experience during its lifetime, along with the events that cause those transitions?

A) Entity relationship diagram B) Collaboration diagram C) Sequence diagram D) State diagram E) Component diagram Answer: D Explanation: D) In UML, modeling of the dynamic aspects of a system from the perspective of state transitions is done with state diagrams to show state transitions.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 97) Types of interaction diagrams include: A) state diagrams and sequence diagrams.

B) sequence diagrams and collaboration diagrams.

C) data-flow diagrams and entity-relationship diagrams.

D) component diagrams and deployment diagrams.

E) use-case diagrams and component diagrams.

Answer: B Explanation: B) In UML, an interaction diagram is used to show the pattern of interactions among objects for a particular use case. Both sequence and collaboration diagrams are examples of interaction diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Application

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

98) Which of the following depicts the interactions among objects during a certain period of time?

A) Class diagrams B) Data-flow diagrams C) Sequence diagrams D) Collaboration diagrams E) Use-case diagrams Answer: C Explanation: C) In UML, an interaction diagram is used to show the pattern of interactions among objects for a particular use case. Specifically, sequence diagrams focus on interactions based on time.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 99) Which of the following shows the time period during which an object performs an operation, either directly or through a call to some subordinate operation?

A) Asynchronous message B) Activation C) Critical path D) Simple message E) Component diagram Answer: B Explanation: B) A thin rectangle, superimposed on the lifeline of an object, represents an activation of the object.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 100) A type of message in which the caller has to wait for the receiving object to finish executing the called operation before it can resume execution itself is a(n): A) synchronous message.

B) simple message.

C) asynchronous message.

D) half-duplex message.

E) packet.

Answer: A Explanation: A) A synchronous message, shown as a solid arrowhead, is one for which the caller has to wait for the receiving object to complete executing the called operation before it itself can resume execution.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

101) Which of the following shows the software components or modules and their dependencies?

A) Component diagram B) State diagram C) Deployment diagram D) Use-case diagram E) Object diagram Answer: A Explanation: A) For example, you can draw a component diagram showing the modules for source code, binary code, and executable code and their dependency relationships.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 102) What is the Unified Modeling Language?

Answer: The Unified Modeling Language (UML) is a notation that allows the modeler to specify, visualize, and construct the artifacts of software systems, as well as business models.

The UML is useful for graphically depicting object-oriented analysis and design models, and it allows you to represent multiple views of a system using a variety of diagrams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 103) Identify four benefits of the object-oriented modeling approach.

Answer: Four benefits are: (1) the ability to tackle more challenging problem domains; (2) improved communication among users, analysts, designers, and programmers; (3) reusability of analysis, design, and programming results; and (4) increased consistency among the models developed during object-oriented analysis, design, and programming.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 104) Define use-case diagram, class diagram, state diagram, and sequence diagram.

Answer: A use-case diagram represents the functional requirements of a system. A class diagram shows the static structure of data and operations that act on the data. A state diagram represents dynamic models of how objects change their states in response to events. A sequence diagram represents dynamic models of interactions between objects.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 105) What is a use-case diagram? What are its components?

Answer: A use-case diagram is a diagram that depicts the use cases and actors for a system. The primary components are actors and use cases. An actor is an external entity that interacts with the system. A use case is a complete sequence of related actions initiated by an actor.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

106) Distinguish object, state, and behavior.

Answer: An object is an entity that has a well-defined role in the application domain and has state, behavior, and identity. A state is a condition that encompasses an object's properties and the values those properties have. Behavior refers to the manner that represents how an object acts and reacts.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

26 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 6e (Valacich) Appendix B Agile Methodologies 1) The developer-as-artist systems development era was marked by a lack of documentation and development tools and by a high degree of dependence on the developer for the continued ongoing operation of the system he/she had created.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: As computing became more sophisticated, so, too, did the requirements for business applications. More and more, businesses began to see their systems as investments. The era of the developer-as-artist was replaced with the era of developer-as-engineer.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 2) During the developer-as-artist systems development era, principles from engineering were frequently applied to the systems development process.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: This phase was marked by a lack of documentation and development tools and by a high degree of dependence on the developer for the continued ongoing operation of the system he or she had created.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 3) During the developer-as-engineer systems development era, documentation, rigorous testing, structured tools and techniques, and computer-based tools became standard parts of analysis and design.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This engineering-based view spawned the structured analysis and structured design approaches to development from which many of the tools and techniques are derived.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 4) The convergence of the object-oriented approach and the Internet economy set the stage for the Agile Methodologies.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Relying on object orientation and the need for speed, the new approach sacrifices the milestones and multiple phases of the engineering approach, favoring instead close cooperation between developers and clients, combining many life-cycle phases into few phases, and having multiple rapid releases of software.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

1 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) Scrum is an Agile Methodology.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Many different individual methodologies come under the umbrella of Agile Methodologies, including the Crystal family of methodologies, Adaptive Software Development, Scrum, Feature Driven Development, and eXtreme Programming.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 6) eXtreme Programming is a traditional methodology.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Many different individual methodologies come under the umbrella of Agile Methodologies, including the Crystal family of methodologies, Adaptive Software Development, Scrum, Feature Driven Development, and eXtreme Programming.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 7) Agile Methodologies are more predictive than the more traditional approaches to systems development.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Agile methodologies focus more on an adaptive, rather than predictive approach to systems development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 8) Agile Methodologies are more planning-based than the traditional approaches to systems development.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Traditional approaches are more planning-based and less adaptive than agile methodologies.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 9) The three key principles of Agile Methodologies include a focus on adaptive rather than predictive methodologies, a focus on people rather than roles, and a focus on a self-adaptive process.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The Agile Methodologies group argues that software development methodologies adapted from engineering generally do not fit well with the reality of developing software.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 10) Agile software development values individuals and interactions over processes and tools.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The goal should be to view people as talented individuals, each of whom has something unique to bring to the development team.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 2 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

11) Agile software development values working software over documentation.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Working software over documentation is part of the Manifesto for Agile Software Design.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 12) Agile software development values contract negotiations over customer collaboration.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Agile software development values customer collaboration over contract negotiations.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 13) Agile software development values responding to change over following a plan.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Valuing responding to change over following a plan is part of the Manifesto for Agile Software Design.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 14) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, customer satisfaction is the primary measure of progress.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Working software, not customer satisfaction, is the primary measure of progress.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 15) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, the seventeen anarchists agreed that their highest priority is to satisfy the customer through early and continuous delivery of valuable software.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The group feels this goal will help lead to better software and ultimately better customer satisfaction.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 16) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, the seventeen anarchists agreed to deliver working software only after it had been thoroughly tested, even if it means waiting for several months to deliver the software.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The delivery goal is to deliver working software frequently, from a couple of weeks to a couple of months, with a preference to the shorter timescale.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 3 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, the seventeen anarchists agreed that business people and developers should work together daily throughout the project.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The group specifically indicated benefits of including both business people and developers in the agile software development process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 18) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, the seventeen anarchists agreed that projects should be built around motivated individuals.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Agile software development indicates it is more important to have talented, motivated individuals than simply making sure all of the necessary position titles were represented on a project.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 19) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, the most efficient and effective method of conveying information to and within a development team is face-to-face conversation.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This manifesto was signed in 2001 and did indicate face-to-face conversation as critical to the process. It would be interesting if this was still listed given the advances in collaborative technologies (i.e., Skype).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 20) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, the best architectures, requirements, and designs emerge from self-organizing teams.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The focus of the Agile Software Development was on talented, motivated, selforganizing teams.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 21) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, simplicity is the art of maximizing the amount of work not done.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: A goal of Agile Software Development Manifesto is to remove documentation complications, and focus on maximizing the amount of work left to do.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

4 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

22) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, working software is the primary measure of progress.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Working software, not customer satisfaction, is the primary measure of progress.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 23) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, continuous attention to technical excellence and good design enhances agility.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The manifesto is still focused on excellence and good design, but also having flexibility in moving forward to produce working software quickly.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 24) Structured analysis focuses on the frequent production of working versions of a system that have a subset of the total number of required features.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Iterative development, not structured analysis, focuses on the frequent production of working versions of a system that have a subset of the total number of required features.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 25) Agile Methodologies focus on the roles that people perform.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Agile Methodologies are focused on talent, and creativity in a team member over any formal roles each perform.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 26) Agile Methodologies are recommended if you have responsible and motivated developers.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This methodology is recommended when the team consists of talented, selfmotivated individuals.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 27) If you have a fixed-price or fixed-scope contract, an agile methodology is often recommended.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Predictable process may be necessary if the development team exceeds 100 people and the project is operating under a fixed-price or fixed-scope contract.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

5 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

28) In general, Agile Methodologies view people as interchangeable units.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The focus is not on interchangeable units, but rather view people as talented individuals, each of whom has something unique to bring to the development team.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 29) Agile Methodologies promote a self-adaptive software development process.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: While a project still follows some design strategies, the ability to adapt is central to its creation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 30) An Agile Methodology is recommended if your project involves unpredictable or dynamic requirements.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: An Agile Methodology is specifically tailored toward smaller, ill-defined projects that benefit from this unique and nontraditional approach.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 31) An Agile Methodology is recommended if your project has a development team of 100 or more people.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Although an Agile Methodology is good for some projects, it is generally not recommended for large projects with over 100 people involved. More documentation is generally needed for these projects.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 32) Traditional approaches work best when the target system will operate in a volatile and fluid environment.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Agile Methodology works best in a small, ill-defined environment that requires adaptively in fluid situations.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 33) Agile approaches work best when the system being developed operates in a stable environment.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: A stable environment lends itself to a traditional approach, especially when there are more than 100 people working on the project.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 6 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

34) eXtreme Programming is distinguished by its long development cycles and predictive planning approach.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: eXtreme Programming is distinguished by its short development cycles, its incremental planning approach, its focus on automated tests written by programmers and customers to monitor the process of development, and its reliance on an evolutionary approach to development that lasts throughout the lifetime of the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 35) eXtreme Programming uses two-person programming teams and has a customer on-site during the development process.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: One of the key emphases of eXtreme Programming is its use of two-person programming teams, described here, and having a customer on-site during the development process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 36) During eXtreme Programming, all phases of the life cycle converge together into a series of activities based on the basic processes of coding, testing, listening, and designing.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Under this approach, coding and testing are intimately related parts of the same process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 37) At the end of eXtreme Programming's coding phase, all code written to that point is tested.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The emphasis is on testing those things that can break or go wrong, not on testing everything.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 38) When using the eXtreme Programming approach, code is tested very soon after it is written.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The overall philosophy behind eXtreme Programming is that code is tested within a few hours after it has been written.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 39) The overall philosophy behind eXtreme Programming is that code will be integrated into the system it is being developed for and tested within a few hours after it has been written.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The programmers who write the code also write the tests.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 7 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

40) eXtreme Programming advantages include more communication among developers, higher levels of productivity, higher-quality code, and reinforcement of the other eXtreme Programming practices.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This dynamic approach requires talented and motivated individuals to be successful being part of an eXtreme Programming team.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 41) Limited user participation is a major criticism of the Agile Methodologies.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Although it receives some criticism, it does attempt to overcome this problem by involving the users continually throughout the entire analysis and design process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 42) The extensive involvement of users in the analysis and design process is a key part of many Agile Methodologies.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: This is done to overcome the criticism and disadvantages of not involving users in the software development process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 43) The two most effective aspects of the Agile Usage-Centered Design are the coding and the design rework sessions.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The two most effective aspects of this approach are the venting session, which lets everyone get their complaints out in the open, and the use of 3 × 5 cards, which serve as very effective communication tools.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 44) During eXtreme Programming, the nominal group technique is the primary method used for requirements determination.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The techniques used for requirements determination in eXtreme Programming are captured in the Planning Game.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 45) During eXtreme Programming, programmers are the only participants in the Planning Game.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: The players in the Planning Game include Business and Development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 8 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

46) eXtreme Programming uses simple design and refactoring to continually improve the quality of the design as developers continue to iterate through the analysis-design-code-test cycle.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Design specifications are captured as part of the design process itself, evolving with each iteration through the cycle of analysis-design-code-test.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 47) Module refinement is the process of making a program simpler after adding a new feature.

Answer: FALSE Explanation: Refactoring is nothing more than simplifying a system, typically after a new feature or set of features has been added.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 48) Simple design refers to the creation of uncomplicated software and software components that work to solve the current problem rather than creating complicated software designed for a future that may not come.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: Simple design is exactly what it sounds like: keeping the design simple. For many developers and programmers, it is too easy to look ahead and try to anticipate changes in how the system will work and to design accordingly for these changes.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 49) With Agile Methodologies, code is tested soon after it is written.

Answer: TRUE Explanation: The overall philosophy behind eXtreme Programming is that code will be integrated into the system it is being developed for and tested within a few hours after it has been written.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 50) Which of the following is the systems development era that spawned the structured analysis and structured design approaches to systems development?

A) Developer-as-artist B) Developer-as-integrator C) Facilitator-as-developer D) User-as-developer E) Developer-as-engineer Answer: E Explanation: E) Seeing information systems development as engineering brought a great deal of discipline to the theory and practice of developing systems.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 9 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

51) Which of the following is the systems development era marked by a lack of documentation and development tools and by a high degree of dependence on the developer for the continued ongoing operation of the system he/she had created?

A) Developer-as-artist B) Developer-as-integrator C) Facilitator-as-developer D) User-as-developer E) Developer-as-engineer Answer: A Explanation: A) The first phase was undisciplined, where developers were seen as geniuses and artists.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 52) Which of the following is a true statement?

A) The developer-as-scam-artists systems development era was marked by a lack of documentation and development tools and by a high degree of dependence on the developer for the continued ongoing operation of the system he or she had created.

B) During the developer-as-artists systems development era, principles from engineering were applied to development.

C) The Agile Methodologies era favors close cooperation between developers and clients.

D) Agile Development formally started in 1972.

E) Agile Development formally started in 1970.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Relying on object orientation and the need for speed, the new approach sacrifices the milestones and multiple phases of the engineering approach, favoring instead close cooperation between developers and clients, combining many life-cycle phases into few phases, and having multiple rapid releases of software.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 53) Which of the following set the current major phase in systems development?

A) The object-oriented approach and the Internet economy B) The process-oriented approach C) The planning-based approach D) The software engineering approach E) The prototyping approach Answer: A Explanation: A) Relying on object orientation and the need for speed, the new approach sacrifices the milestones and multiple phases of the engineering approach, favoring instead close cooperation between developers and clients, combining many life-cycle phases into few phases, and having multiple rapid releases of software.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

10 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

54) The key principles of the Agile Methodologies does not include: A) a focus on adaptive rather than predictive methodologies.

B) a focus on people rather than roles.

C) a self-adaptive process.

D) a focus on talented people E) a focus on documentation Answer: E Explanation: E) A goal of Agile Software Development Manifesto is to remove documentation complications, and focus on maximizing the amount of work left to do.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 55) Principles identified in the Agile Manifesto include: A) having as its highest priority customer satisfaction through the early and continuous delivery of valuable software.

B) only testing late in development.

C) a one-time delivery of working software.

D) having customer satisfaction as its lowest priority.

E) avoiding changing requirements, even late in development.

Answer: A Explanation: A) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, the seventeen anarchists agreed that their highest priority is to satisfy the customer through early and continuous delivery of valuable software.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 56) According to the Agile Software Development Manifesto, the seventeen anarchists came to value: A) roles over individuals.

B) comprehensive documentation.

C) contract negotiation.

D) following a plan.

E) individuals and interactions over processes and tools.

Answer: E Explanation: E) The goal should be to view people as talented individuals, each of whom has something unique to bring to the development team.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

11 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

57) The Agile Software Development anarchists value: A) contract negotiation over customer collaboration.

B) processes and tools over individuals and interactions.

C) following a plan over responding to change.

D) working software over comprehensive documentation.

E) joint application development over rapid application design.

Answer: D Explanation: D) A goal of Agile Software Development Manifesto is to remove documentation complications, and focus on maximizing the amount of work left to do.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 58) Which of the following would the Agile Software Development anarchists place more value on?

A) Individuals and interactions B) Contract negotiations C) Following a plan D) Comprehensive documentation E) Team member roles Answer: A Explanation: A) The goal should be to view people as talented individuals, each of whom has something unique to bring to the development team.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 59) An Agile process is not recommended when your project involves: A) unpredictable requirements.

B) responsible and motivated developers.

C) customers who understand the process and will get involved.

D) customers who refuse to get involved.

E) dynamic requirements.

Answer: D Explanation: D) The agile process needs customers to monitor the process of development to be successful.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

12 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

60) An Agile Methodology is recommended for each of the following EXCEPT: A) unpredictable or dynamic requirements.

B) responsible and motivated developers.

C) customers who understand and will get involved.

D) a large development team, exceeding 100 or more people.

E) small development projects.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Large projects can be hard to administer and require considerable documentation which makes them poor choices for an Agile Methodology.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 61) Traditional methods for software development are preferred for each of the following EXCEPT: A) when the project is operating under a fixed-price or fixed-scope contract.

B) unpredictable or dynamic requirements.

C) a large development team, exceeding 100 or more people.

D) projects dealing with safety-critical systems.

E) the system being developed will operate in a stable environment.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Unpredictable or dynamic requirements are better suited for agile development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 62) When dealing with a lack of predictability, Agile Methodologies employ: A) use-case modeling.

B) structured analysis.

C) iterative development.

D) structured programming.

E) logic modeling.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Iterative development, not structured analysis, focuses on the frequent production of working versions of a system that have a subset of the total number of required features.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

13 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

63) Which of the following focuses on the frequent production of working versions of a system that have a subset of the total number of required features?

A) Use-case modeling B) Structured analysis C) Iterative development D) Structured programming E) Limited production Answer: C Explanation: C) Iterative development, not structured analysis, focuses on the frequent production of working versions of a system that have a subset of the total number of required features.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 64) Which of the following is a critical factor for distinguishing agile and traditional approaches to systems development?

A) State B) Criticality C) Static D) CRM E) ERD Answer: B Explanation: B) For instance, criticality related to agile development where potential difficulties with simple design and lack of documentation.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 65) Which of the following describes Agile Methodologies?

A) Methods evolved to handle highly critical products.

B) Methods evolved to handle large products and teams.

C) Needs a critical mass of scarce experts during project definition but can work with fewer later in the project, unless the environment is highly dynamic.

D) Thrives in a culture where people feel comfortable and empowered by having their roles defined by clear practices and procedures.

E) Simple design and continuous refactoring are excellent for highly dynamic environments but are a source of potentially expensive rework for highly stable environments.

Answer: E Explanation: E) Of the five critical factors that distinguish agile and traditional approaches to systems development, simple design is related to dynamism.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

14 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

66) Each of the following describes engineering-based methods EXCEPT: A) methods evolved to handle highly critical products.

B) methods evolved to handle large products and teams.

C) needs a critical mass of scarce experts during project definition but can work with fewer later in the project, unless the environment is highly dynamic.

D) thrives in a culture where people feel comfortable and empowered by having their roles defined by clear practices and procedures.

E) simple design and continuous refactoring are excellent for highly dynamic environments but are a source of potentially expensive rework for highly stable environments.

Answer: E Explanation: E) Engineer-based methods are not as strong as Agile when project roles re not defined.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 67) Which of the following are descriptive of engineering-based methods?

A) Thrives in a culture where people feel comfortable and empowered by many degrees of freedom B) Potential difficulties with simple design and lack of documentation C) Simple design and continuous refactoring are excellent for highly dynamic environments but are a source of potentially expensive rework for highly stable environments D) Needs a critical mass of scarce experts during project definition but can work with fewer later in the project, unless the environment is highly dynamic E) Well-matched to small products and teams Answer: D Explanation: D) Traditional, engineering-based methods are better aligned with fixed projects that are not highly dynamic.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 68) Each of the following are descriptive of Agile Methodologies EXCEPT: A) detailed plans and Big Design Up Front are excellent for highly stable environments but are a source of expensive rework for highly dynamic environments.

B) thrives in a culture where people feel comfortable and empowered by having many degrees of freedom.

C) well-matched to small products and teams.

D) simple design and continuous refactoring are excellent for highly dynamic environments but are a source of potentially expensive rework for highly stable environments.

E) requires a continuous presence of a critical mass of scarce experts.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Big design upfront design and stable environments lend themselves to more traditional designs.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

15 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

69) Which of the following is distinguished by its short development cycles, its incremental planning approach, its focus on automated tests written by programmers and customers to monitor the process of development, and its reliance on an evolutionary approach to development that lasts throughout the lifetime of the system?

A) JAD B) OCP C) DRM D) eXtreme Programming E) Nominal group technique Answer: D Explanation: D) eXtreme Programming is an example of the central ideas common to many Agile methods.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 70) eXtreme Programming: A) relies on predictive planning.

B) thrives on order.

C) is best used in the development of critical systems.

D) has as a key emphasis the use of two-person teams.

E) focuses on fixed contract systems.

Answer: D Explanation: D) eXtreme Programming is an agile approach that focuses on fixed contract systems. This approach focuses on team, simplicity, and appropriate feedback.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 71) eXtreme Programming: A) is distinguished by its short development cycles.

B) focuses on automated tests written by programmers and customers to monitor the process of development.

C) uses two-person programming teams.

D) has a customer on-site during the development process.

E) does all of the above.

Answer: E Explanation: E) One of the key emphases of eXtreme Programming is its use of two-person programming teams, described here, and having a customer on-site during the development process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

16 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

72) Which of the following is a true statement about eXtreme Programming?

A) After a programmer has written the code, it is immediately given to a tester for testing.

B) Code is tested at the end of the coding phase.

C) Pair programming requires one person to type in the code and another person to watch as the code is entered.

D) The overall philosophy behind eXtreme Programming is that code will be integrated into the system it is being developed for and tested within a few hours after it has been written.

E) eXtreme is a traditional design approach.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Code is written, integrated into the system, and then tested almost immediately.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 73) Which of the following is NOT an eXtreme Programming advantage?

A) More communication among developers B) Higher levels of productivity C) Very useful for large development teams D) Reinforcement of the other practices in eXtreme Programming E) Higher-quality code Answer: C Explanation: C) Because eXtreme programming requires a dynamic, talented-team, it is more difficult to accomplish with large teams. This is not to suggest you can't have large teams with talent, however, it is more difficult to work in this flexible environment.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 74) Which of the following is NOT an eXtreme Programming advantage?

A) More communication among developers B) Higher levels of productivity C) Higher-quality code D) Reinforcement of the other practices in eXtreme Programming E) Little testing required Answer: E Explanation: E) While there are changes to testing procedures, it doesn't necessarily mean only a small amount of testing takes place on project.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

17 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

75) During eXtreme Programming: A) system requirements are produced during the systems analysis phase.

B) system specifications are created during the design phase.

C) coding and testing are done at the beginning of the implementation phase.

D) system requirements, system specifications, and coding and testing activities are combined into a single analysis-design-code-test process.

E) none of the above are correct.

Answer: D Explanation: D) Design specifications are captured as part of the design process itself, evolving with each iteration through the cycle of analysis-design-code-test.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 76) During eXtreme Programming, the techniques used for requirements determination are captured in the: A) Iteration Planning Game.

B) venting session.

C) walkthrough session.

D) Product Determination Game.

E) Planning Game.

Answer: E Explanation: E) The Planning Game is really just a stylized approach to development that seeks to maximize fruitful interaction between those who need a new system and those who build it.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 77) Which of the following is a stylized approach to development used during eXtreme Programming that seeks to maximize fruitful interaction between those who need a new system and those who build it?

A) Iteration Planning Game B) Venting session C) Walkthrough session D) Product Determination Game E) Planning Game Answer: E Explanation: E) The players in the Planning Game include Business and Development.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

18 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

78) Planning Game players include: A) business and development.

B) facilitators, business, and development.

C) scribes, sponsors, and business.

D) development and scribes.

E) sponsors and development.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Business is the customer and is ideally represented by someone who knows the processes to be supported by the system being developed. Development is represented by those actually designing and constructing the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 79) In the Planning Game, which of the following refers to the customer who knows the processes to be supported by the system being developed?

A) Facilitator B) Business C) Development D) Sponsor E) Scribe Answer: B Explanation: B) Business is the customer and is ideally represented by someone who knows the processes to be supported by the system being developed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 80) In the Planning Game, which of the following refers to the individuals who are actually designing and constructing the system?

A) Facilitator B) Business C) Development D) Constructor E) Scribe Answer: C Explanation: C) The Planning Game is really just a stylized approach to development that seeks to maximize fruitful interaction between those who need a new system and those who build it.

Development is represented by those actually designing and constructing the system.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

19 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

81) In the Planning Game, which of the following are cards that contain a description of a procedure or feature to be included in the system?

A) Specification Cards B) Requirements Cards C) Design Cards D) Story Cards E) Reference Cards Answer: D Explanation: D) These cards are created by Business and contain a description of a procedure or feature to be included in the system. Each card is dated and numbered and has space on it for tracking its status throughout the development effort.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 82) Exploration, commitment, and steering are phases associated with: A) RAD. B) JAD. C) Structured Analysis.

D) RUP. E) Planning Game.

Answer: E Explanation: E) In exploration, Business creates a Story Card for something it wants the new system to do. In the commitment phase, Business sorts Story Cards into three stacks (i.e., essential, value added and nice to have). In the final phase, steering, Business has a chance to see how the development process is progressing and to work with Development to adjust the plan accordingly.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 83) The three phases associated with the Planning game include: A) exploration, commitment, and steering.

B) exploration, initiation, and design.

C) initiation, analysis, and design.

D) analysis, design, and implementation.

E) exploration, design, and implementation.

Answer: A Explanation: A) In exploration, Business creates a Story Card for something it wants the new system to do. In the commitment phase, Business sorts Story Cards into three stacks (i.e., essential, value added and nice to have). In the final phase, steering, Business has a chance to see how the development process is progressing and to work with Development to adjust the plan accordingly.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

20 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

84) During Agile Usage-Centered Design, which of the following allows individuals to get their complaints out in the open?

A) Current system review session B) Venting session C) The use of 3 × 5 cards D) JAD session E) Refactoring session Answer: B Explanation: B) The two most effective aspects of this approach are the venting session, which lets everyone get their complaints out in the open, and the use of 3 × 5 cards, which serve as very effective communication tools.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 85) During the Planning Game's exploration phase: A) business sorts Story Cards based on feature requirements.

B) business creates a Story Card for something it wants the new system to do.

C) development sorts the Story Cards based on risk.

D) programmers convert Story Cards into Task Cards.

E) programmers accept responsibility for tasks and balance their workloads.

Answer: B Explanation: B) This is similar to a formal version of a brain-storming activity to identify wants and get an idea of what development is required to accomplish the business need.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 86) During Agile Usage-Centered Design, when a "clump" of similar cards is worked with; this is called: A) task model.

B) role model.

C) interaction context.

D) requirements model.

E) design model.

Answer: C Explanation: C) Task cards are clumped together on the table based on their similarity. Each clump of cards is called an interaction context.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

21 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

87) During the Planning Game's commitment phase: A) business sorts the Story Cards based on feature requirements.

B) business creates a Story Card for something it wants the new system to do.

C) development sorts the Story Cards based on risk.

D) programmers convert Story Cards into Task Cards.

E) programmers accept responsibility for tasks and balance their workloads.

Answer: A Explanation: A) This is similar to a formal version of a brain-storming activity to identify wants and get an idea of what development is required to accomplish the business need.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 88) During the Planning Game's steering phase: A) business sorts the Story Cards based on feature requirements.

B) business creates a Story Card for something it wants the new system to do.

C) developments sorts the Story Cards based on risk.

D) business sees how the development process is progressing and works with Development to adjust the plan accordingly.

E) programmers accept responsibility for tasks and balance their workloads.

Answer: D Explanation: D) In the final phase, steering, Business has a chance to see how the development process is progressing and to work with Development to adjust the plan accordingly.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 89) The Iteration Planning Game is played by: A) business and development.

B) facilitators.

C) scribes.

D) sponsors.

E) programmers.

Answer: E Explanation: E) The Iteration Planning Game is played by programmers as an approach to guide the product being developed to delivery. It represents a unique way to track project milestones (or iterations).

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

22 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

90) During the Iteration Planning Game, programmers prepare: A) Task Cards.

B) Story Cards.

C) Pseudocode Cards.

D) Structured English.

E) Structure Charts.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The Planning Game between Business and Development is followed by the Iteration Planning Game, played only by programmers. Instead of Story Cards, programmers write Task Cards, which are based on Story Cards.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 91) The Iteration Planning Game consists of: A) exploration, commitment, and steering.

B) exploration, initiation, and design.

C) initiation, analysis, and design.

D) analysis, design, and implementation.

E) exploration, design, and implementation.

Answer: A Explanation: A) During exploration, programmers convert Story Cards into Task Cards. During commitment, they accept responsibility for tasks and balance their workloads. During steering, the programmers write the code for the feature, test it, and if it works, they integrate the feature into the product being developed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 92) During the Iteration Planning Game's exploration phase: A) business sorts the Story Cards based on feature requirements.

B) business creates a Story Card for something it wants the new system to do.

C) programmers convert Story Cards into Task Cards.

D) business sees how the development process is progressing and works with Development to adjust the plan accordingly.

E) programmers accept responsibility for tasks and balance their workloads.

Answer: C Explanation: C) The Iteration Planning Game has the same three phases as the Planning Game: exploration, commitment, and steering. During exploration, programmers convert Story Cards into Task Cards.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

23 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

93) During the Iteration Planning Game's commitment phase: A) business sorts the Story Cards based on feature requirements.

B) business creates a Story Card for something it wants the new system to do.

C) programmers convert Story Cards into Task Cards.

D) business sees how the development process is progressing and works with Development to adjust the plan accordingly.

E) programmers accept responsibility for tasks and balance their workloads.

Answer: E Explanation: E) The Iteration Planning Game has the same three phases as the Planning Game: exploration, commitment, and steering. During commitment, they accept responsibility for tasks and balance their workloads.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 94) During the Iteration Planning Game's steering phase: A) programmers write the code for a feature, test it, and if it works, they integrate the feature into the product being developed.

B) business creates a Story Card for something it wants the new system to do.

C) programmers convert Story Cards into Task Cards.

D) business sees how the development process is progressing and works with Development to adjust the plan accordingly.

E) programmers accept responsibility for tasks and balance their workloads.

Answer: A Explanation: A) The Iteration Planning Game has the same three phases as the Planning Game: exploration, commitment, and steering. During steering, the programmers write the code for the feature, test it, and if it works, they integrate the feature into the product being developed.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 95) Creating uncomplicated software and software components that work to solve the current problem rather than creating complicated software designed for a future that may not come best defines: A) simple design.

B) refactoring.

C) activation.

D) normalization.

E) logic modeling.

Answer: A Explanation: A) Simple design is exactly what it sounds like: keeping the design simple. For many developers and programmers, it is too easy to look ahead and try to anticipate changes in how the system will work and to design accordingly for these changes.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept

24 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

96) Making a program simpler after adding a new feature best defines: A) simple design.

B) refactoring.

C) activation.

D) normalization.

E) logic modeling.

Answer: B Explanation: B) Refactoring is nothing more than simplifying a system, typically after a new feature or set of features has been added.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Concept 97) According to the Manifesto for Agile Software Development, identify four things the anarchists value.

Answer: According to the textbook, the anarchists value (1) individuals and interactions over processes and tools; (2) working software over comprehensive documentation; (3) customer collaboration over contract negotiation; and (4) responding to change over following a plan.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 98) What is meant by Agile Methodologies? Identify the three key principles that the Agile Methodologies share.

Answer: Agile Methodologies are a response to the problems associated with the traditional, engineering-based methodologies. Agile Methodologies rely on object-orientation and speed and sacrifice the milestones and multiple SDLC phases. Agile Methodologies encourage close cooperation between developers and clients and rapid releases of software. The three key principles are a focus on adaptive rather than predictive methodologies, a focus on people rather than roles, and a focus on a self-adaptive process.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 99) Identify four advantages to using pair programming.

Answer: The advantages include: (1) more communication among developers, (2) higher levels of productivity, (3) higher-quality code, and (4) reinforcement of the other practices in eXtreme Programming.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 100) Identify and briefly describe two techniques used by eXtreme Programming to continually improve the quality of the design.

Answer: Simple design and refactoring are the two techniques identified in the textbook. Simple design refers to the creation of uncomplicated software and software components that work to solve the current problem rather than creating complicated software designed for a future that may not come. Refactoring is the process of making a program simpler after adding a new feature.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis 25 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.

101) Briefly describe the Agile Usage-Centered Design.

Answer: The Agile Usage-Centered Design method brings together a group of people (analysts, users, programmers, and testing staff) and gives them a chance to vent about the current system and then identify features for the new system. During Agile Usage-Centered Design, user roles and required tasks are identified. A unique aspect of this method is the use of 3 × 5 cards to capture role and task information.

CLLO: Compare and contrast different methods for developing information systems Classification: Synthesis

26 Copyright © 2015 Pearson Education, Inc.